Перевод: со всех языков на все языки

со всех языков на все языки

he said it before witnesses

Толкование Перевод

1 before

before [bɪ'fɔ:(r)]

avant ⇒ 1 (a), 2 (a), 2 (b) en avant ⇒ 1 (b) devant ⇒ 2 (c)-(e) avant de, avant que ⇒ 3 (a) plutôt que de ⇒ 3 (b) précédent ⇒ 4

1 adverb

(a) (at a previous time) avant;

∎ you should have thought of that before tu aurais dû y penser avant;

∎ haven't we met before? est-ce que nous ne nous sommes pas déjà rencontrés?;

∎ I have never seen this film before c'est la première fois que je vois ce film;

∎ I have/had seen it before je l'ai/l'avais déjà vu;

∎ he's made mistakes before ce n'est pas la première fois qu'il se trompe;

∎ such things have happened before c'est déjà arrivé;

∎ she carries on driving as before elle continue de conduire comme auparavant ou avant

(b) literary (ahead) en avant, devant

2 preposition

(a) (in time) avant;

∎ before the holidays avant les vacances;

∎ the day before the meeting la veille de la réunion;

∎ two days before your birthday deux jours avant ou l'avant-veille de votre anniversaire;

∎ the day before yesterday avant-hier;

∎ they arrived before us ils sont arrivés avant nous;

∎ the couch won't be delivered before next Tuesday le divan ne sera pas livré avant mardi prochain;

∎ it should have been done before now ça devrait déjà être fait;

∎ before that, she was a teacher auparavant ou avant ça, elle était professeur;

∎ that was before your time (you were not born) vous n'étiez pas encore né; (you had not arrived, joined etc) vous n'étiez pas encore là;

∎ familiar it's not before time, and not before time ce n'est pas trop tôt

(b) (in order, preference) avant;

∎ her name was or came before mine in the list son nom était avant le mien sur la liste;

∎ ladies before gentlemen les dames avant les messieurs;

∎ she puts family before friends pour elle, la famille est plus importante que les amis;

∎ they put quality before quantity ils font passer la qualité avant la quantité;

∎ the welfare of the people comes before private concerns le bien-être du peuple passe avant tout intérêt privé;

∎ before anything else, I would like to thank you avant tout, je voudrais vous remercier

(c) (in space) devant;

∎ formal on the table before them sur la table devant eux;

∎ literary fields stretched away before us des champs s'étendaient devant nous;

∎ figurative we have a difficult task before us nous avons une tâche difficile devant nous;

∎ before my very eyes sous mes propres yeux;

∎ Nautical to sail before the wind avoir le vent arrière ou en poupe;

∎ Military the troops fled before the enemy les troupes se sont enfuies devant l'ennemi

(d) (in the presence of) devant, en présence de;

∎ he said it before witnesses il l'a dit devant ou en présence de témoins;

∎ Law to appear before the court/judge comparaître devant le tribunal/juge;

∎ she appeared before the committee elle s'est présentée devant le comité

(e) (for the consideration of) devant;

∎ the problem before us la question qui nous occupe;

∎ Law the case before the court l'affaire portée devant le tribunal;

∎ Law to bring a case before the court saisir le tribunal d'une affaire;

∎ the matter went before the council l'affaire est passée devant le conseil

3 conjunction

(a) (in time) avant de, avant que;

∎ she hesitated before answering elle a hésité avant de répondre;

∎ may I see you before you leave? puis-je vous voir avant que vous ne partiez ou avant votre départ?;

∎ I saw him the day before he died je l'ai vu la veille de sa mort;

∎ get out before I call the police! fichez le camp avant que je n'appelle la police ou sinon j'appelle la police!;

∎ it'll be a long time before he tries that again il ne recommencera pas de sitôt, il n'est pas près de recommencer;

∎ we should be able to finish before the boss gets back nous devrions pouvoir terminer avant le retour du patron;

∎ it'll be summer before she plants the garden elle ne plantera pas le jardin avant l'été;

∎ it'll be two years before the school is built l'école ne sera pas construite avant deux ans;

∎ it was almost an hour before the ambulance arrived il a fallu presque une heure avant que l'ambulance n'arrive;

∎ before I forget, they expect you this evening avant que je n'oublie, il faut que je te dise qu'ils comptent sur toi ce soir;

∎ before you know it avant qu'on ait le temps de dire "ouf";

∎ I'll be back before you know it je serai bientôt de retour;

∎ it'll be Christmas before we know it le temps va passer vite jusqu'à Noël

(b) (rather than) plutôt que de;

∎ I'll die before I let him marry my daughter je mourrai plutôt que de le laisser épouser ma fille

4 adjective

d'avant, précédent;

∎ the day before la veille;

∎ the night before la veille au soir;

∎ the week before la semaine d'avant ou précédente;

∎ this summer and the one before cet été et celui d'avant ou le précédent

Un panorama unique de l'anglais et du français > before
2 before

1. adverb
1) (of time) vorher; zuvor

the day before — am Tag zuvor

long before — lange vorher od. zuvor

not long before — kurz vorher

the noise continued as before — der Lärm ging nach wie vor weiter

you should have told me so before — das hättest du mir vorher od. früher od. eher sagen sollen

I've seen that film before — ich habe den Film schon [einmal] gesehen

I've heard that before — das habe ich schon einmal gehört

2) (ahead in position) vor[aus]

3) (in front) voran
2. preposition
1) (of time) vor (+ Dat.)

the day before yesterday — vorgestern

the year before last — vorletztes Jahr

the year before that — das Jahr davor

it was [well] before my time — das war [lange] vor meiner Zeit

since before the war — schon vor dem Krieg

before now — vorher; früher

before Christ — vor Christus; vor Christi Geburt

he got there before me — er war vor mir da

before then — vorher

before long — bald

before leaving, he phoned/I will phone — bevor er wegging, rief er an/bevor ich weggehe, rufe ich an

before tax — brutto; vor [Abzug (Dat.) der] Steuern

2) (position) vor (+ Dat.); (direction) vor (+ Akk.)

before my very eyes — vor meinen Augen

go before a court of law — vor ein Gericht kommen

appear before the judge — vor dem Richter erscheinen; see also academic.ru/11106/carry">carry 1. 1)

3) (awaiting)

have one's life before one — sein Leben noch vor sich (Dat.) haben; (confronting)

the matter before us — das uns (Dat.) vorliegende Thema

the task before us — die Aufgabe, die vor uns (Dat.) liegt

4) (more important than) vor (+ Dat.)

he puts work before everything — die Arbeit ist ihm wichtiger als alles andere
3. conjunction
bevor

it'll be ages before I finish this — es wird eine Ewigkeit dauern, bis ich damit fertig bin

* * *
[bi'fo:] 1. preposition
1) (earlier than: before the war; He'll come before very long.) (be-)vor

2) (in front of: She was before me in the queue.) vor

3) (rather than: Honour before wealth.) vor
2. adverb
(earlier: I've seen you before.) vorher
3. conjunction
(earlier than the time when: Before I go, I must phone my parents.) bevor

- beforehand

* * *

be·fore

[bɪˈfɔ:ʳ, AM -ˈfɔ:r]

I. prep

1. (at previous time to) vor + dat

I need to go \before 2 pm ich muss vor 2 Uhr gehen

wash your hands \before the meal wasch dir vor dem Essen die Hände

\before leaving he said goodbye to each of them vor seiner Abfahrt verabschiedete er sich von jedem Einzelnen

\before everything else zuallererst

\before long in Kürze

\before now schon früher

\before the time zu früh

\before one's time vorzeitig

she has grown old \before her time sie ist vorzeitig gealtert

to be \before one's time seiner Zeit voraus sein

the day \before yesterday vorgestern

the year \before last/this vorletztes/letztes Jahr

just \before sth kurz vor etw dat

she always buys her Christmas presents just \before Christmas sie kauft ihre Weihnachtsgeschenke immer erst kurz vor Weihnachten

2. (in front of) vor + dat; with verbs of motion vor + akk; (encountered first) vor + dat

the letter K comes \before L der Buchstabe K kommt vor dem L

the patterns swam \before her eyes die Zeichen verschwammen vor ihren Augen

there is a large sign \before the house vor dem Haus ist ein großes Schild

the bus stop is just \before the school die Bushaltestelle befindet sich direkt vor der Schule

3. (higher ranking) vor + dat

many mothers put their children's needs \before their own viele Mütter stellen die Bedürfnisse ihrer Kinder über ihre eigenen

I'd go to prison \before asking her for money ich würde eher ins Gefängnis gehen, als sie um Geld zu bitten

for me family is \before everything die Familie geht mir über alles

4. (in presence of) vor + dat

he stood up \before the audience er stand vor dem Publikum auf

it happened \before her very eyes es geschah vor ihren Augen

5. (for examination, consideration) vor + dat

our case is coming \before the court this week unser Fall kommt diese Woche vor Gericht

6. (in future) vor + dat

the task \before us die Aufgabe, vor der wir stehen

to lie \before one vor jdm liegen

to have sth \before one etw vor sich dat haben

you have your whole future \before you du hast noch deine ganze Zukunft vor dir

II. conj

1. (at previous time) bevor

\before you criticize me,... bevor du mich kritisierst,...

she was waiting long \before it was time sie wartete schon lange, bevor es soweit war

right [or just] \before... kurz bevor...

just \before she left the house,... als sie gerade das Haus verlassen wollte,...

but \before I knew it, she was gone doch ehe ich mich versah, war sie schon verschwunden

2. (rather than) bevor, ehe

\before they testified against their friends, they said they'd go to jail sie würden eher ins Gefängnis gehen, als gegen ihre Freunde auszusagen, meinten sie

they would die \before they would cooperate with each other sie würden lieber sterben als miteinander zusammenzuarbeiten

3. (until) bis

it was an hour \before the police arrived es dauerte eine Stunde, bis die Polizei eintraf

\before we got the test results back, a month had gone by wir warteten einen Monat auf die Testergebnisse

it will be two weeks \before he arrives er wird erst in zwei Wochen eintreffen

▪ not \before erst wenn, nicht eher als bis

you can't go \before you've finished du kannst erst gehen, wenn du fertig bist

4. (so that) damit

you must say the password at the door \before they'll let you in du musst an der Tür das Kennwort sagen, damit sie dich hineinlassen

III. adv inv

1. (earlier, previously) zuvor, vorher

I have never seen that \before das habe ich noch nie gesehen

have you been to Cologne \before? waren Sie schon einmal in Köln?

haven't we met \before? haben wir uns nicht schon einmal gesehen?

that has never happened \before das ist [bisher] noch nie passiert

she has seen it all \before sie kennt das alles schon

to be as \before wie früher sein

life went on as \before das Leben ging wieder seinen gewohnten Gang

\before and after davor und danach

2. (in front) vorn

\before and behind vorn und hinten

IV. adj after n zuvor

the day \before, it had rained tags zuvor hatte es geregnet

the year \before it had been rather quiet das Vorjahr war ganz ruhig verlaufen

read this line and the one \before lies diese Zeile und die vorhergehende [o davor]

* * *
[bɪ'fɔː(r)]
1. prep

1) (= earlier than) vor (+dat)

the year before last/this — vorletztes/letztes Jahr, das vorletzte/letzte Jahr

the day before yesterday — vorgestern

the day/time before that — der Tag/die Zeit davor

before Christ ( abbr BC ) — vor Christi Geburt

I got/was here before you — ich war vor dir da

that was before my time — das war vor meiner Zeit

he died before his time — er ist früh gestorben

to be before sb/sth — vor jdm/etw liegen

before then — vorher

before now — früher, eher, vorher

you should have done it before now — das hättest du schon (eher) gemacht haben sollen

before long — bald

before everything else — zuallererst

2) (in order, rank) vor (+dat)

to come before sb/sth — vor jdm/etw kommen

before everything — die Ehre geht mir über alles, für mich ist die Ehre das Wichtigste

ladies before gentlemen — Damen haben den Vortritt

3) (in position) vor (+dat); (with movement) vor (+acc)

before my (very) eyes — vor meinen Augen

to sail before the wind (Naut) — vor dem Wind segeln

4) (= in the presence of) vor (+dat)

he said it before us all — er sagte das vor uns allen

before God/a lawyer — vor Gott/einem Anwalt

to appear before a court/judge — vor Gericht/einem Richter erscheinen

5)

(= rather than) death before surrender — eher or lieber tot als sich ergeben

he would die before betraying his country — er würde eher sterben als sein Land verraten

2. adv

1) (in time = before that) davor; (= at an earlier time, before now) vorher

have you been to Scotland before? — waren Sie schon einmal in Schottland?

I have seen/read etc this before — ich habe das schon einmal gesehen/gelesen etc

never before — noch nie

(on) the evening/day before — am Abend/Tag davor or zuvor or vorher

(in) the month/year before — im Monat/Jahr davor

two hours before — zwei Stunden vorher

two days before — zwei Tage davor or zuvor

to continue as before (person) — (so) wie vorher weitermachen

things continued as before — alles war wie gehabt

life went on as before — das Leben ging seinen gewohnten Gang

2)

(= ahead) to march on before — vorausmarschieren

3) (indicating order) davor

that chapter and the one before — dieses Kapitel und das davor

3. conj

1) (in time) bevor

before doing sth — bevor man etw tut

you can't go before this is done — du kannst erst gehen, wenn das gemacht ist

it will be six weeks before the boat comes again — das Boot wird erst in sechs Wochen wiederkommen

it will be a long time before he comes back — es wird lange dauern, bis er zurückkommt

2)

(= rather than) he will die before he surrenders — eher will er sterben als sich geschlagen geben

* * *

before [bıˈfɔː(r); US auch bıˈfəʊər]

A adv

1. (räumlich) vorn, voran…:

go before vorangehen

2. (zeitlich) vorher, zuvor, vormals, früher (schon), bereits, schon:

an hour before eine Stunde vorher oder früher;

long before lange vorher oder zuvor;

the year before das vorhergehende oder das vorige Jahr;

haven’t I seen you before? habe ich Sie nicht schon einmal gesehen?;

haven’t we met before? kennen wir uns nicht?

B präp

1. (räumlich) vor (akk oder dat):

before my eyes vor meinen Augen;

he sat before me er saß vor mir;

the question before us die (uns) vorliegende Frage

2. vor (dat), in Gegenwart von (oder gen):

before witnesses vor Zeugen

3. (zeitlich) vor (dat):

the week before last vorletzte Woche;

before long in Kürze, bald;

what is before us was (in der Zukunft) vor uns liegt;

three minutes before nine US drei Minuten vor neun; → Christ A

4. (Reihenfolge, Rang) vor (akk oder dat):

be before the others den anderen (in der Schule etc) voraus sein

C konj

1. bevor, bis, ehe:

not before nicht früher oder eher als bis, erst als, erst wenn

2. lieber oder eher …, als dass:

I would die before I lied ( oder before lying) eher oder lieber will ich sterben als lügen

bef. abk before

* * *
1. adverb
1) (of time) vorher; zuvor

the day before — am Tag zuvor

long before — lange vorher od. zuvor

not long before — kurz vorher

the noise continued as before — der Lärm ging nach wie vor weiter

you should have told me so before — das hättest du mir vorher od. früher od. eher sagen sollen

I've seen that film before — ich habe den Film schon [einmal] gesehen

I've heard that before — das habe ich schon einmal gehört

2) (ahead in position) vor[aus]

3) (in front) voran
2. preposition
1) (of time) vor (+ Dat.)

the day before yesterday — vorgestern

the year before last — vorletztes Jahr

the year before that — das Jahr davor

it was [well] before my time — das war [lange] vor meiner Zeit

since before the war — schon vor dem Krieg

before now — vorher; früher

before Christ — vor Christus; vor Christi Geburt

he got there before me — er war vor mir da

before then — vorher

before long — bald

before leaving, he phoned/I will phone — bevor er wegging, rief er an/bevor ich weggehe, rufe ich an

before tax — brutto; vor [Abzug (Dat.) der] Steuern

2) (position) vor (+ Dat.); (direction) vor (+ Akk.)

before my very eyes — vor meinen Augen

go before a court of law — vor ein Gericht kommen

appear before the judge — vor dem Richter erscheinen; see also carry 1. 1)

3) (awaiting)

have one's life before one — sein Leben noch vor sich (Dat.) haben; (confronting)

the matter before us — das uns (Dat.) vorliegende Thema

the task before us — die Aufgabe, die vor uns (Dat.) liegt

4) (more important than) vor (+ Dat.)

he puts work before everything — die Arbeit ist ihm wichtiger als alles andere
3. conjunction
bevor

it'll be ages before I finish this — es wird eine Ewigkeit dauern, bis ich damit fertig bin

* * *

(after) tax expr.

vor (nach)

Abzug der Steuern ausdr. adv.

bevor adv.

eh adv.

voran adv.

vorher adv.

vorn adv. prep.

vor präp.

English-german dictionary > before
3 témoin

témoin [temwɛ̃]

1. masculine noun

a. ( = personne) witness ; [de marié] best man ; [de duel] second

• être témoin à charge to be a witness for the prosecution

• être témoin à décharge to be a witness for the defence

• être témoin de [+ crime, scène] to witness

• il m'a pris à témoin he called on me to confirm what he said

• il a été entendu comme témoin dans l'affaire Lebrun he was a witness in the Lebrun case

• ils sont les témoins d'une époque révolue they are the survivors of a bygone age

• la région est riche, témoin les constructions nouvelles qui se dressent partout the region is rich - witness the new buildings going up everywhere

b. (Sport) baton

• passer le témoin to pass the baton

2. adjective

• appartement témoin show flat (Brit) model apartment (US)

• lampe témoin warning light

3. compounds

► les Témoins de Jéhovah Jehovah's Witnesses

► témoin oculaire eyewitness

* * *
temwɛ̃
1.

nom masculin

1) ( sur les lieux) witness

témoin oculaire or direct — eyewitness

être (le) témoin de — to witness

prendre quelqu'un à témoin — to call somebody to witness

2) Droit witness

3) ( à un duel) second

4) fig ( d'une époque)

avoir été témoin de la naissance du III^e Reich — to have witnessed the birth of the Third Reich

5) ( preuve)

ils sont cruels, témoin le massacre — they are (certainly) cruel, as evidenced by the massacre

6) Technologie ( voyant) indicator ou warning light

témoin d'huile — Automobile oil warning light

7) Sport baton

2.

(-)témoin (in compounds) control

groupe(-)témoin — control group

••

Dieu or le Ciel m'en est témoin — as God is my witness

* * *
temwɛ̃
1. nm

1) [crime, accident] witness

prendre à témoin — to call to witness

être témoin de — to witness

2) [mariage] witness

3) [événement, époque] testimony

témoin le fait que... — as witness the fact that...

4) (= voyant) warning light

5) SPORT baton

6) CONSTRUCTION telltale

2. adj

control modif test modif

appartement-témoin — show flat Grande-Bretagne model apartment USA

* * *

témoin

A nm

1 ( sur les lieux) witness; témoin oculaire or direct eyewitness; être (le) témoin de to witness, to be a witness to; le seul témoin direct the only person actually to witness the scene; cela a eu lieu sans témoin there were no witnesses; prendre qn à témoin to call sb to witness (de to, of);

2 ( au tribunal) witness; témoin de l'accusation/de la défense prosecution/defence^GB witness; être témoin à charge/à décharge to be a witness for the prosecution/for the defence^GB; témoin défaillant missing witness; ⇒ faux;

3 ( attestant l'authenticité) witness (à to); ( à un mariage) witness; parler devant témoins to speak before witnesses; il faut signer devant témoin you have to have your signature witnessed;

4 ( à un duel) second;

5 fig ( d'une époque) avoir été témoin de la naissance du troisième Reich to have witnessed the birth of the Third Reich; la cathédrale, témoin de l'époque où… the cathedral, bearing witness to an age when…; ce village, témoin de notre amour this village where our love blossomed;

6 ( preuve) ils sont cruels, témoin le massacre de tout un village they are (certainly) cruel, as evidenced by the massacre of an entire village;

7 Tech ( voyant) indicator ou warning light; témoin d'huile Aut oil warning light;

8 Sport baton;

9 Constr ( sur une fissure) telltale;

10 Gén Civ boundary marker.

B (-)témoin ( in compounds) control; groupe/sujet témoin control group/subject; son témoin Cin guide track.

Composés

témoin sonore Cin sync beep; Témoin de Jéhovah Relig Jehovah's witness.

Idiomes

Dieu or le ciel m'en est témoin as God is my witness; Dieu m'est témoin que je dis la vérité as God is my witness I am speaking the truth.

[temwɛ̃] nom masculin

1. DROIT [qui fait une déposition] witness

il a été cité comme témoin he was called as a witness

le témoin est à vous your witness

témoin auriculaire ear witness

témoin à charge/décharge witness for the prosecution/defence

témoin instrumentaire witness to a deed

témoin oculaire eyewitness

faux témoin perjurer

2. [à un mariage, à la signature d'un contrat] witness

[à un duel] second

c'est le témoin du marié he's the best man

devant témoins in front of witnesses

3. [spectateur] witness, eyewitness

l'accident s'est passé sans témoin there were no witnesses to the accident

être témoin de quelque chose to be witness to ou to witness something

prendre quelqu'un à témoin to call upon somebody as a witness

Dieu/le ciel m'est témoin que j'ai tout fait pour l'en empêcher as God/heaven is my witness, I did all I could to stop him

4. [preuve] witness

elle a bien mené sa carrière, témoin sa réussite she has managed her career well, her success is a testimony to that

5. CONSTRUCTION (plaster) tell-tale

6. RELIGION

Témoin de Jéhovah Jehovah's Witness

7. SPORT baton

passer le témoin to hand over ou to pass the baton

8. (comme adjectif)

appartements témoins show flats (UK), model apartments (US)

groupe/sujet témoin SCIENCES control group/subject

9. INFORMATIQUE

témoin de connexion cookie

Dictionnaire Français-Anglais > témoin
4 AT

I) prep.

A. with dative.

I. Of motion;

1) towards, against;

Otkell laut at Skamkatli, bowed down to S.;

hann sneri egginni at Ásgrími, turned the edge against A.;

2) close atup to;

Brynjólfr gengr alit at honum, quite up to him;

þeir kómust aldri at honum, they could never get near him, to close quarters with him;

3) to, at;

koma at landi, to come to land;

ganga at dómi, to go into court;

4) along (= eptir);

ganga at stræti, to walk along the street;

dreki er niðr fór at ánni (went down the river) fyrir strauminum;

refr dró hörpu at ísi, on the ice;

5) denoting hostility;

renna (sœkja) at e-m, to rush at, assault;

gerði þá at þeim þoku mikla, they were overtaken by a thick fog;

6) around;

vefja motri at höfði sér, to wrap a veil round one’s head;

bera grjót at e-m, to heap stones upon the body;

7) denoting business, engagement;

ríða at hrossum, at sauðum, to go looking after horses, watching sheep;

fara at landskuldum, to go collecting rents.

II. Of position, &c.;

1) denoting presence at, near, by, upon;

at kirkju, at church;

at dómi, in court;

at lögbergi, at the hill of laws;

2) denoting participation in;

vera at veizlu, brullaupi, to be at a banquet, wedding;

vera at vígi, to be an accessory in man-slaying;

3) ellipt., vera at, to be about, to be busy at;

kvalararnir, er at vóru at pína hann, who were tormenting him;

var þar at kona nökkur at binda (was there busy dressing) sár manna;

4) with proper names of places (farms);

konungr at Danmörku ok Noregi, king of;

biskup at Hólum, bishop of Holar;

at Helgafelli, at Bergþórshváli;

5) used ellipt. with a genitive, at (a person’s) house;

at hans (at his house) gisti fjölmenni mikit;

at Marðar, at Mara’s home;

at hins beilaga Ólafs konungs, at St. Olave’s church;

at Ránar, at Ran’s (abode).

III. Of time;

1) at, in;

at upphafi, at first, in the beginning;

at skilnaði, at parting, when they parted;

at páskum, at Easter;

at kveldi, at eventide;

at þinglausnum, at the close of the Assembly;

at fjöru, at the ebb;

at flœðum, at the floodtide;

2) adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr’;

at ári komanda, next year;

at vári, er kemr, next spring;

generally with ‘komanda’ understood;

at sumri, hausti, vetri, vári, next summer, &c.;

3) used with an absolute dative and present or past part.;

at sér lifanda, duing his lifetime;

at öllum ásjándum, in the sight of all;

at áheyranda höfðingjanum, in the hearing of the chief;

at upprennandi sólu, at sunrise;

at liðnum sex vikum, after six weeks are past;

at honum önduðum, after his death;

4) denoting uninterrupted succession, after;

hverr at öðrum, annarr at öðrum, one after another;

skildu menn at þessu, thereupon, after this;

at því (thereafter) kómu aðrar meyjar.

IV. fig. and in various uses;

1) to, into, with the notion of destruction or change;

brenna (borgina) at ösku, to burn to ashes;

verða at ormi, to become a snake;

2) for, as;

gefa e-t at gjöf, as a present;

eiga e-n at vin, to have one as friend;

3) by;

taka sverð at hjöltum, by the hilt;

draga út björninn at hlustunum, by the ears;

kjósa at afli, álitum, by strength, appearrance;

4) as regards as to;

auðigr at fé, wealthy in goods;

vænn (fagr) at áliti, fair of face;

5) as a law term, on the grounds of, by reason of;

ryðja ( to challenge) dóm at mægðum, kvið at frændsemi;

6) as a paraphrase of a genitive;

faðir, móðir at barni (= barns, of a child);

aðili at sök = aðili sakar;

7) with adjectives denoting colour, size, age, of;

hvítr, svartr, rauðr at lit, while, black, red of colour;

mikill, lítill at stœrð, vexti, tall, small of stature;

tvítugr at aldri, twenty years of age;

kýr at fyrsta, öðrum kálfi, a cow that has calved once, twice;

8) determining the source from which anything comes, of, from;

Ari nam ok marga frœði at Þuríði (from her);

þiggja, kaupa, geta, leigja e-t at e-m, to receive, buy, obtain, borrow a thing from one;

hafa veg (virðing) styrk at e-m, to derive honour, power, from one;

9) according, to, after (heygðr at fornum sið);

at ráði allra vitrustu manna, by the advice of;

at landslögum, by the law of the land;

at vánum, as was to be expected;

at leyfi e-s, by one’s leave;

10) in adverbial phrases;

gróa (vera grœddr) at heilu, to be quite healed;

bíta af allt gras at snøggu, quite bare;

at fullu, fully;

at vísu, surely;

at frjálsu, freely;

at eilífu, for ever and ever;

at röngu, at réttu, wrongly, rightly;

at líku, at sömu, equally, all the same;

at mun, at ráði, at marki, to a great extent.

B. with acc., after, upon (= eptir);

sonr á at taka arf at föður sinn, to take the inheritance after his father;

eiga féránsdóm at e-n, to hold a court of execution upon a person;

at þat (= eptir þat), after that, thereafter;

connected with a past part. or a., at Gamla fallinn, after the fall of Gamli;

at Hrungni dauðan, upon the death of Hrungnir.

II)

1) as the simple mark of the infinitive, to;

at ganga, at ríða, at hlaupa, to walk, to ride, to run;

2) in an objective sense;

hann bauð þeim at fara, sitja, he bade (ordered) them to go, sit;

gefa e-m at eta, at drekka, to give one to eat, to drink;

3) denoting design or purpose, in order to (hann gekk í borg at kaupa silfr).

III)

1) demonstrative particle before a comparative, the, all the, so much the;

hón grét at meir, she wept the more;

þykkir oss at líkara, all the more likely;

þú ert maðr at verri (so much the worse), er þú hefir þetta mælt;

2) rel. pron., who, which, that (= er);

þeir allir, at þau tíðindi heyrðu, all those who heard;

sem þeim er títt, at ( as is the custom of those who) kaupferðir reka.

IV)

conj., that;

1) introducing a subjective or objective clause;

þat var einhverju sinni, at Höskuldr hafði vinaboð, it happened once that H.;

vilda ek, at þú réðist austr í fjörðu, I should like you to go;

2) relative to svá, denoting proportion, degree;

svá mikill lagamaðr, at, so great a lawyer, that;

3) with subj., denoting end or purpose, in order that (skáru þeir fyrir þá (viz. hestana) melinn, at þeir dœi eigi af sulti);

4) since, because, as (= því at);

5) connected with þó, því, svá;

þó at (with subj.), though, although;

því at, because, for;

svá at, so that;

6) temp., þá at (= þá er), when;

þegar at (= þegar er), as soon as;

þar til at (= þar til er), until, till;

áðr at (= á. en), before;

7) used superfluously after an int. pron. or adv.;

Ólafr spurði, hvern styrk at hann mundi fá honum, what help he was likely to give him;

in a relative sense; með fullkomnum ávexti, hverr at (which) þekkr ok þægiligr mun verða.

V)

negative verbal suffix, = ata; var-at, was not.

VI)

n. an incited conflict or fight ( see etja);

odda at, Yggs at, battle.

* * *

1.

and að, prep., often used ellipt. dropping the case and even merely as an adverb, [Lat. ad; Ulf. at = πρός and παρά, A. S. ät; Engl. at; Hel. ad = apud; O. H. G. az; lost in mod. Germ., and rare in Swed. and Dan.; in more freq. use in Engl. than any other kindred language, Icel. only excepted]:—the mod. pronunciation and spelling is að (aþ); this form is very old, and is found in Icel. vellum MSS. of the 12th century, e. g. aþ, 623. 60; yet in earlier times it was sounded with a tenuis, as we may infer from rhymes, e. g. jöfurr hyggi at | hve ek yrkja fat, Egill: Sighvat also makes it rhyme with a t. The verse by Thorodd—þar vastu at er fjáðr klæðið þvat (Skálda 162)—is hardly intelligible unless we accept the spelling with an aspirate (að), and say that þvað is = þvá = þváði, lavabat; it may be that by the time of Thorodd and Ari the pure old pronunciation was lost, or is ‘þvat’ simply the A. S. þvât, secuit? The Icelanders still, however, keep the tenuis in compounds before a vowel, or before h, v, or the liquids l, r, thus—atyrða, atorka, athöfn, athugi, athvarf, athlægi; atvinna, atvik; atlaga, atlíðanði ( slope), atriði, atreið, atróðr: but aðdjúpr, aðfinsla (critic), aðferð, aðkoma, aðsókn, aðsúgr (crowding), aðgæzla. In some words the pronunciation is irregular, e. g. atkvæði not aðkv-; atburðr, but aðbúnaðr; aðhjúkran not athjúkran; atgörvi not aðgörfi. At, to, towards; into; against; along, by; in regard to; after.

Mostly with dat.; rarely with acc.; and sometimes ellipt.—by dropping the words ‘home,’ ‘house,’ or the like—with gen.

WITH DAT.

A. LOC.

I. WITH MOTION; gener. the motion to the borders, limits of an object, and thus opp. to frá:

1. towards, against, with or without the notion of arrival, esp. connected with verbs denoting motion (verba movendi et eundi), e. g. fara, ganga, koma, lúta, snúa, rétta at…; Otkell laut at Skamkatli, O. louted (i. e. bowed down) towards S., Nj. 77, Fms. xi. 102; sendimaðrinn sneri ( turned) hjöltum sverðsins at konungi, towards the king, i. 15; hann sneri egginni at Ásgrími, turned the edge towards A., Nj. 220; rétta e-t at e-m, to reach, hand over, Ld. 132; ganga at, to step towards, Ísl. ii. 259.

2. denoting proximity, close up to, up to; Brynjólfr gengr … allt at honum, B. goes quite up to him, Nj. 58; Gunnarr kom þangat at þeim örunum, G. reached them even there with his arrows, 115; þeir kómust aldri at honum, they could never get near him, to close quarters, id.; reið maðr at þeim (up to them), 274; þeir höfðu rakit sporin allt at ( right up to) gammanum, Fms. i. 9; komu þeir at sjó fram, came down to the sea, Bárð. 180.

3. without reference to the space traversed, to or at; koma at landi, to land, Ld. 38, Fms. viii. 358; ríða at dyrum, Boll. 344; hlaupa at e-m, to run up to, run at, Fms. vii. 218, viii. 358; af sjáfarganginum er hann gekk at landinu, of the surf dashing against the shore, xi. 6; vísa ólmum hundi at manni, to set a fierce hound at a man, Grág. ii. 118; leggja e-n at velli, to lay low, Eg. 426, Nj. 117; hníga at jörðu, at grasi, at moldu, to bite the dust, to die, Njarð. 378; ganga at dómi, a law term, to go into court, of a plaintiff, defendant, or bystander, Nj. 87 (freq.)

4. denoting a motion along, into, upon; ganga at stræti, to walk along the street, Korm. 228, Fms. vii. 39; at ísi, on the ice, Skálda 198, Fms. vii. 19, 246, viii. 168, Eb. 112 new Ed. (á is perh. wrong); máttu menn ganga bar yfir at skipum einum, of ships alone used as a bridge, Fas. i. 378; at höfðum, at nám, to trample on the slain on the battle-field, Lex. Poët.; at ám, along the rivers; at merkiósum, at the river’s mouth, Grág. ii. 355; at endilöngu baki, all along its back, Sks. 100.

5. denoting hostility, to rush at, assault; renna at, hlaupa at, ganga, fara, ríða, sækja, at e-m, (v. those words), whence the nouns atrenna, athlaup, atgangr, atför, atreið, atsókn, etc.

β. metaph., kom at þeim svefnhöfgi, deep sleep fell on them, Nj. 104. Esp. of weather, in the impers. phrase, hríð, veðr, vind, storm görir at e-m, to be overtaken by a snow storm, gale, or the like; görði þá at þeim þoku mikla, they were overtaken by a thick fog, Bárð. 171.

6. denoting around, of clothing or the like; bregða skikkju at höfði sér, to wrap his cloak over his head, Ld. 62; vefja motri at höfði sér, to wrap a snood round her head, 188; sauma at, to stick, cling close, as though sewn on; sauma at höndum sér, of tight gloves, Bs. i. 453; kyrtill svá þröngr sem saumaðr væri at honum, as though it were stitched to him, Nj. 214; vafit at vándum dreglum, tight laced with sorry tags, id.; hosa strengd fast at beini, of tight hose, Eg. 602; hann sveipar at sér iðrunum ok skyrtunni, he gathers up the entrails close to him and the skirt too, Gísl. 71; laz at síðu, a lace on the side, to keep the clothes tight, Eg. 602.

β. of burying; bera grjót at einum, to heap stones upon the body, Eg. 719; var gör at þeim dys or grjóti, Ld. 152; gora kistu at líki, to make a coffin for a body, Eb. 264, Landn. 56, Ld. 142.

γ. of summoning troops or followers; stefna at sér mönnum, to summon men to him, Nj. 104; stefna at sér liði, Eg. 270; kippa mönnum at sér, to gather men in haste, Ld. 64.

7. denoting a business, engagement; ríða at hrossum, at sauðum, to go looking after after horses, watching sheep, Glúm. 362, Nj. 75; fara at fé, to go to seek for sheep, Ld. 240; fara at heyi, to go a-haymaking, Dropl. 10; at veiðum, a-hunting; at fuglum, a-fowling; at dýrum, a-sbooting; at fiski, a-fishing; at veiðiskap, Landn. 154, Orkn. 416 (in a verse), Nj. 25; fara at landskuldum, to go a-collecling rents, Eg. 516; at Finnkaupum, a-marketing with Finns, 41; at féföngum, a-plundering, Fms. vii. 78; ganga at beina, to wait on guests, Nj. 50; starfa at matseld, to serve at table, Eb. 266; hitta e-n at nauðsynjum, on matters of business; at máli, to speak with one, etc., Fms. xi. 101; rekast at e-m, to pursue one, ix. 404; ganga at liði sér, to go suing for help, Grág. ii. 384.

β. of festivals; snúa, fá at blóti, veizlu, brullaupi, to prepare for a sacrificial banquet, wedding, or the like, hence at-fangadagr, Eb. 6, Ld. 70; koma at hendi, to happen, befall; ganga at sínu, to come by one’s own, to take it, Ld. 208; Egill drakk hvert full er at honum kom, drained every horn that came to him, Eg. 210; komast at keyptu, to purchase dearly, Húv. 46.

8. denoting imaginary motion, esp. of places, cp. Lat. spectare, vergere ad…, to look or lie towards; horfði botninn at höfðanum, the bight of the bay looked toward the headland, Fms. i. 340, Landn. 35; also, skeiðgata liggr at læknum, leads to the brook, Ísl. ii. 339; á þann arminn er vissi at sjánum, on that wing which looked toward the sea, Fms. viii. 115; sár þau er horft höfðu at Knúti konungi, xi. 309.

β. even connected with verbs denoting motion; Gilsáreyrr gengr austan at Fljótinu, G. extends, projects to F. from the east, Hrafh. 25; hjá sundi því, er at gengr þingstöðinni, Fms. xi. 85.

II. WITHOUT MOTION; denoting presence at, near, by, at the side of, in, upon; connected with verbs like sitja, standa, vera…; at kirkju, at church, Fms. vii. 251, K. f). K. 16, Ld. 328, Ísl. ii. 270, Sks. 36; vera at skála, at húsi, to be in, at home, Landn. 154; at landi, Fms. i. 82; at skipi, on shipboard, Grág. i. 209, 215; at oldri, at a banquet, inter pocula; at áti, at dinner, at a feast, inter edendum, ii. 169, 170; at samförum ok samvistum, at public meetings, id.; at dómi, in a court; standa (to take one’s stand) norðan, sunnan, austan, vestan at dómi, freq. in the proceedings at trials in lawsuits, Nj.; at þingi, present at the parliament, Grág. i. 142; at lögbergi, o n the hill of laws, 17, Nj.; at baki e-m, at the back of.

2. denoting presence, partaking in; sitja at mat, to sit at meat, Fms. i. 241; vera at veizlu, brullaupi, to be at a banquet, nuptials, Nj. 51, Ld. 70: a law term, vera at vígi, to be an accessory in manslaying, Nj. 89, 100; vera at e-u simply means to be about, be busy in, Fms. iv. 237; standa at máli, to stand by one in a case, Grág. ii. 165, Nj. 214; vera at fóstri, to be fostered, Fms. i. 2; sitja at hégóma, to listen to nonsense, Ld. 322; vera at smíð, to be at one’s work, Þórð. 62: now absol., vera at, to go on with, be busy at.

3. the law term vinna eið at e-u has a double meaning:

α. vinna eið at bók, at baugi, to make an oath upon the book by laying the band upon it, Landn. 258, Grág., Nj.; cp. Vkv. 31, Gkv. 3. 3, Hkv. 2. 29, etc.: ‘við’ is now used in this sense.

β. to confirm a fact (or the like) by an oath, to swear to, Grág. i. 9, 327.

γ. the law phrase, nefna vátta at e-u, of summoning witnesses to a deed, fact, or the like; nefna vátta at benjum, to produce evidence, witnesses as to the wounds, Nj., Grág.; at görð, Eg. 738; at svörum, Grág. i. 19: this summoning of witnesses served in old lawsuits the same purpose as modern pleadings and depositions; every step in a suit to be lawful must be followed by such a summoning or declaration.

4. used ellipt., vera at, to be about, to be busy at; kvalararnir er at vóru at pína hann, who were tormenting him; þar varstu at, you were there present, Skálda 162; at várum þar, Gísl. (in a verse): as a law term ‘vera at’ means to be guilty, Glúm. 388; vartattu at þar, Eg. (in a verse); hence the ambiguity of Glum’s oath, vask at þar, I was there present: var þar at kona nokkur ( was there busy) at binda sár manna, Fms. v. 91; hann var at ok smíðaði skot, Rd. 313; voru Varbelgir at ( about) at taka af, þau lög …, Fms. ix. 512; ek var at ok vafk, I was about weaving, xi. 49; þeir höfðu verit at þrjú sumur, they had been busy at it for three summers, x. 186 (now very freq.); koma at, come in, to arrive unexpectedly; Gunnarr kom at í því, G. came in at that moment; hvaðan komtú nú at, whence did you come? Nj. 68, Fms. iii. 200.

5. denoting the kingdom or residence of a king or princely person; konungr at Danmörk ok Noregi, king of…, Fms. i. 119, xi. 281; konungr, jarl, at öllum Noregi, king, earl, over all N., íb. 3, 13, Landn. 25; konungr at Dyflinni, king of Dublin, 25; but í or yfir England!, Eg. 263: cp. the phrase, sitja at landi, to reside, of a king when at home, Hkr. i. 34; at Joini, Fms. xi. 74: used of a bishop; biskup at Hólum, bishop of Hólar, Íb. 18, 19; but biskup í Skálaholti, 19: at Rómi, at Rome, Fbr. 198.

6. in denoting a man’s abode (vide p. 5, col. 1, l. 27), the prep. ‘at’ is used where the local name implies the notion of by the side of, and is therefore esp. applied to words denoting a river, brook, rock, mountain, grove, or the like, and in some other instances, by, at, e. g. at Hofi (a temple), Landn. 198; at Borg ( a castle), 57; at Helgafelli (a mountain), Eb. constantly so; at Mosfelli, Landn. 190; at Hálsi (a hill), Fms. xi. 22; at Bjargi, Grett. 90; Hálsum, Landn. 143; at Á ( river), 296, 268; at Bægisá, 212; Giljá, 332; Myrká, 211; Vatnsá, id.; þverá, Glúm. 323; at Fossi (a ‘force’ or waterfall), Landn. 73; at Lækjamoti (waters-meeting), 332; at Hlíðarenda ( end of the lithe or hill), at Bergþórshváli, Nj.; at Lundi (a grove), at Melum (sandhill), Landn. 70: the prep. ‘á’ is now used in most of these cases, e. g. á Á, á Hofi, Helgafelli, Felli, Hálsi, etc.

β. particularly, and without any regard to etymology, used of the abode of kings or princes, to reside at; at Uppsölum, at Haugi, Alreksstöðum, at Hlöðum, Landn., Fms.

γ. konungr lét kalla at stofudyrum, the king made a call at the hall door, Eg. 88; þeir kölluðu at herberginu, they called at the inn, Fms. ix. 475.

7. used ellipt. with a gen., esp. if connected with such words as gista, to be a guest, lodge, dine, sup (of festivals or the like) at one’s home; at Marðar, Nj. 4; at hans, 74; þingfesti at þess bóanda, Grág. i. 152; at sín, at one’s own home, Eg. 371, K. Þ. K. 62; hafa náttstað at Freyju, at the abode of goddess Freyja, Eg. 603; at Ránar, at Ran’s, i. e. at Ran’s house, of drowned men who belong to the queen of the sea, Ran, Eb. 274; at hins heilaga Ólafs konungs, at St. Olave’s church, Fms. vi. 63: cp. ad Veneris, εις Κίμωνος.

B. TEMP.

I. at, denoting a point or period of time; at upphafi, at first, in the beginning, Ld. 104; at lyktum, at síðustu, at lokum, at last; at lesti, at last, Lex. Poët., more freq. á lesti; at skilnaði, at parting, at last, Band. 3; at fornu, in times of yore, formerly, Eg. 267, D. I. i. 635; at sinni, as yet, at present; at nýju, anew, of present time; at eilífu, for ever and ever; at skömmu, soon, shortly, Ísl. ii. 272, v. l.

II. of the very moment when anything happens, the beginning of a term; denoting the seasons of the year, months, weeks, the hours of the day; at Jólum, at Yule, Nj. 46; at Pálmadegi, on Palm Sunday, 273; at Páskum, at Easter; at Ólafsvöku, on St. Olave’s eve, 29th of July, Fms.; at vetri, at the beginning of the winter, on the day when winter sets in, Grág. 1. 151; at sumarmálum, at vetrnáttum; at Tvímánaði, when the Double month (August) begins, Ld. 256, Grág. i. 152; at kveldi, at eventide, Eg. 3; at því meli, at that time; at eindaga, at the term, 395; at eykð, at 4 o’clock p. m., 198; at öndverðri æfi Abra hams, Ver. II; at sinni, now at once, Fms. vi. 71; at öðruhverju, every now and then.

β. where the point of time is marked by some event; at þingi, at the meeting of parliament (18th to the 24th of June), Ld. 182; at féránsdómi, at the court of execution, Grág. i. 132, 133; at þinglausnum, at the close of the parliament (beginning of July), 140; at festarmálum, eðr at eiginorði, at betrothal or nuptials, 174; at skilnaði, when they parted, Nj. 106 (above); at öllum minnum, at the general drinking of the toasts, Eg. 253; at fjöru, at the ebb; at flæðum, at flood tide, Fms. viii. 306, Orkn. 428; at hrörum, at an inquest, Grág. i. 50 (cp. ii. 141, 389); at sökum, at prosecutions, 30; at sinni, now, as yet, v. that word.

III. ellipt., or adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr,’ of the future time:

1. ellipt., komanda or the like being understood, with reference to the seasons of the year; at sumri, at vetri, at hausti, at vári, next summer, winter…, Ísl. ii. 242; at miðju sumri, at ári, at Midsummer, next year, Fas. i. 516; at miðjum vetri, Fms. iv. 237,

2. adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr;’ at ári komanda, Bárð. 177; at vári er kemr, Dipl. iii. 6.

IV. used with an absolute dat. and with a pres. part.:

1. with pres. part.; at morni komanda, on the coming morrow, Fms. i. 263; at sér lifanda, in vivo, in his life time, Grág. ii. 202; at þeim sofundum, illis dormientibus, Hkr. i. 234; at öllum ásjándum, in the sight of all, Fms. x. 329; at úvitanda konungi, illo nesciente, without his knowledge, 227; at áheyranda höfðingjanum, in the chief’s bearing, 235.

2. of past time with a past part. (Lat. abl. absol.); at hræjum fundnum, on the bodies being found, Grág. ii. 87; at háðum dómum ok föstu þingi, during the session, the courts being set, i. 484; at liðnum sex vikum, after six weeks past, Band. 13; at svá búnu, so goru, svá komnu, svá mæltu (Lat. quibus rebus gestis, dictis, quo facto, dicto, etc.), v. those words; at úreyndu, without trial, without put ting one to the test, Ld. 76; at honum önduðum, illo mortuo.

3. ellipt. without ‘at;’ en þessum hlutum fram komnum, when all this has been done, Eb. 132.

V. in some phrases with a slight temp, notion; at görðum gildum, the fences being strong, Gþl. 387; at vörmu spori, at once, whilst the trail is warm; at úvörum, unawares, suddenly, Nj. 95, Ld. 132; at þessu, at this cost, on that condition, Eb. 38, Nj. 55; at illum leiki, to have a narrow escape, now við illan leik, Fms. ix. 473; at því, that granted, Grág. ii. 33: at því, at pessu, thereafter, thereupon, Nj. 76.

2. denoting succession, without interruption, one after another; hverr at öðrum, annarr maðr at öðrum, aðrir at öðrum; eina konu at annarri, Eg. 91, Fms. ii. 236, vi. 25, Bs. i. 22, 625. 80, H. E. i. 522.

C. METAPH. and in various cases:

I. denoting a transformation or change into, to, with the notion of destruction; brenna at ösku, at köldum kolum, to burn to ashes, to be quite destroyed, Fms. i. 105, Edda 3, Sturl. ii. 51: with the notion of transformation or transfiguration, in such phrases as, verða at e-u, göra e-t at e-u, to turn it into:

α. by a spell; verða at ormi, to become a snake, Fms. xi. 158; at flugdrekum, Gullþ. 7; urðu þau bönd at járni, Edda 40.

β. by a natural process it can often be translated by an acc. or by as; göra e-n at urðarmanni, to make him an outlaw, Eg. 728; græða e-n at orkumlamanni, to heal him so as to maim him for life, of bad treatment by a leech, Eb. 244: in the law terms, sár görist at ben, a wound turning into a ben, proving to be mortal, Grág., Nj.; verða at ljúgvætti, to prove to be a false evidence, Grág. i. 44; verða at sætt, to turn into reconciliation, Fms. i. 13; göra e-t at reiði málum, to take offence at, Fs. 20; at nýjum tíðindum, to tell as news, Nj. 14; verða fátt at orðum, to be sparing of words, 18; kveðr (svá) at orði, to speak, utter, 10; verða at þrifnaði, to geton well, Fms. vii. 196: at liði, at skaða, to be a help or hurt to one; at bana, to cause one’s death, Nj. 223, Eg. 21, Grág. ii. 29: at undrum, at hlátri, to become a wonder, a laughing-stock, 623. 35, Eg. 553.

II. denoting capacity, where it may be translated merely by as or for; gefa at Jólagjöf, to give for a Christmas-box, Eg. 516; at gjöf, for a present; at erfð, at láni, launum, as an inheritance, a loan; at kaupum ok sökum, for buying and selling, Ísl. ii. 223, Grág. i. 423; at solum, ii. 204; at herfangi, as spoil or plunder; at sakbótum, at niðgjöldum, as a compensation, weregeld, i. 339, ii. 171, Hkr. ii. 168; taka at gíslingu, to take as an hostage, Edda 15; eiga e-n at vin, at óvin, to have one as friend or foe, illt er at eiga þræl at eingavin, ‘tis ill to have a thrall for one’s bosom friend (a proverb), Nj. 77; fæða, eiga, at sonum (syni), to beget a son, Edda 8, Bs. i. 60 (but eiga at dóttur cannot be said); hafa möttul at yfirhöfn, Fms. vii. 201; verða nökkut at manni (mönnum), to turn out to be a worthy man; verða ekki at manni, to turn out a worthless person, xi. 79, 268.

2. in such phrases as, verða at orðum, to come towards, Nj. 26; var þat at erindum, Eg. 148; hafa at veizlum, to draw veizlur ( dues) from, Fms. iv. 275, Eg. 647; gora e-t at álitum, to take it into consideration, Nj. 3.

III. denoting belonging to, fitting, of parts of the whole or the like; vóru at honum (viz. the sword) hjölt gullbúin, the sword was ornamented with a hilt of gold, Ld. 330; umgörð at ( belonging to) sverði, Fs. 97 (Hs.) in a verse; en ef mór er eigi at landinu, if there be no turf moor belonging to the land, Grág. ii. 338; svá at eigi brotnaði nokkuð at Orminum, so that no harm happened to the ship Worm, Fms. x. 356; hvatki er meiðir at skipinu eðr at reiðinu eðr at viðum, damage done t o …, Grág. ii. 403; lesta ( to injure) hús at lásum, við eðr torfi, 110; ef land hefir batnað at húsum, if the land has been bettered as to its buildings, 210; cp. the phrase, göra at e-u, to repair: hamlaðr at höndum eðr fótum, maimed as to hands or feet, Eg. 14; heill at höndum en hrumr at fótum, sound in band, palsied in foot, Fms. vii. 12; lykill at skrá, a key belonging, fitting, to the latch; hurð at húsi; a key ‘gengr at’ ( fits) skrá; and many other phrases. 2. denoting the part by which a thing is held or to which it belongs, by; fá, taka at…, to grasp by …; þú tókt við sverði hans at hjöltunum, you took it by the bill, Fms. i. 15; draga út björninn at hlustum, to pull out the bear by the ears, Fas. ii. 237; at fótum, by the feet, Fms. viii. 363; mæla ( to measure) at hrygg ok at jaðri, by the edge or middle of the stuff, Grág. i. 498; kasta e-m at höfði, head foremost, Nj. 84; kjósa e-n at fótum, by the feet alone, Edda 46; hefja frændsemi at bræðrum, eða at systkynum, to reckon kinship by the brother’s or the sister’s side, Grág. i. 28; kjósa at afli, at álitum, by strength, sight, Gs. 8, belongs rather to the following.

IV. in respect of, as regards, in regard to, as to; auðigr at fé, wealthy of goods, Nj. 16, 30, 51; beztir hestar at reið, the best racehorses, 186; spekingr at viti, a man of great intellect, Ld. 124; vænn (fagr) at áliti, fair of face, Nj. 30, Bs. i. 61; kvenna vænst at ásjónu ok vits munum, of surpassing beauty and intellect, Ld. 122; fullkominn at hyggju, 18; um fram aðra menn at vinsældum ok harðfengi, of surpassing popularity and hardihood, Eb. 30.

2. a law term, of challenging jurors, judges, or the like, on account of, by reason of; ryðja ( to challenge) at mægðum, guðsifjum, frændsemi, hrörum …; at leiðarlengd, on account of distance, Grág. i. 30, 50, Nj. (freq.)

3. in arithm. denoting proportion; at helmingi, þriðjungi, fjórðungi, tíunda hluta, cp. Lat. ex asse, quadrante, for the half, third… part; máttr skal at magni (a proverb), might and main go together, Hkr. ii. 236; þú munt vera at því mikill fræðimaðr á kvæði, in the same proportion, as great, Fms. vi. 391, iii. 41; at e-s hluta, at… leiti, for one’s part, in turn, as far as one is con cerned, Grág. i. 322, Eg. 309, Fms. iii. 26 (freq.): at öðrum kosti, in the other case, otherwise (freq.) More gener., at öllu, öngu, in all (no) respects; at sumu, einhverju, nokkru, partly; at flestu, mestu, chiefly.

4. as a paraphrase of a genitive; faðir, móðir at barni (= barns); aðili at sök (= sakar a.); morðingi at barni (= barns), faðerni at barni (barns); illvirki at fé manna (cp. Lat. felo de se), niðrfall at sökum (saka), land gangr at fiskum (fiska), Fms. iv. 274, Grág. i. 277, 416, N. G. L. i. 340, K. Þ. K. 112, Nj. 21.

5. the phrase ‘at sér,’ of himself or in himself, either ellipt. or by adding the participle görr, and with the adverbs vel, ilia, or the like; denoting breeding, bearing, endowments, character …; væn kona, kurteis ok vel at sér, an accomplished, well-bred, gifted lady, Nj. I; vitr maðr ok vel at sér, a wise man and thoroughly good in feeling and bearing, 5; þú ert maðr vaskr ok vel at þér, 49; gerr at sér, accomplished, 51; bezt at sér görr, the finest, best bred man, 39, Ld. 124; en þó er hann svá vel at sér, so generous, Nj. 77; þeir höfðingjar er svá vóru vel at sér, so noble-minded, 198, Fms. i. 160: the phrase ‘at sér’ is now only used of knowledge, thus maðr vel að sér means clever, a man of great knowledge; illa að sér, a blockhead.

6. denoting relations to colour, size, value, age, and the like; hvitr, svartr, grár, rauðr … at lit, white, swarthy, gray, red … of colour, Bjarn. 55, 28, Ísl. ii. 213, etc.; mikill, lítill, at stærð, vexti, tall, small of size, etc.; ungr, gamall, barn, at aldri, young, old, a child of age; tvítugr, þrítugr … at aldri, twenty, thirty … years of age (freq.): of animals; kyr at fyrsta, öðrum … kálfi, a cow having calved once, twice…, Jb. 346: value, amount, currency of money, kaupa e-t at mörk, at a mark, N. G. L. 1. 352; ok er eyririnn at mörk, amounts to a mark, of the value of money, Grág. i. 392; verðr þá at hálfri murk vaðmála eyrir, amounts to a half a mark, 500.

β. metaph. of value, connected with verbs denoting to esteem, hold; meta, hafa, halda at miklu, litlu, vettugi, engu, or the like, to hold in high or low esteem, to care or not to care for (freq.): geta e-s at góðu, illu, öngu, to mention one favourably, unfavourably, indifferently … (freq.), prop. in connection with. In many cases it may be translated by in; ekki er mark at draumum, there is no meaning in dreams, no heed is to be paid to dreams, Sturl. ii. 217; bragð er at þá barnið finnr, it goes too far, when even a child takes offence (a proverb): hvat er at því, what does it mean? Nj. 11; hvert þat skip er vöxtr er at, any ship of mark, i. e. however small, Fms. xi. 20.

V. denoting the source of a thing:

1. source of infor mation, to learn, perceive, get information from; Ari nam ok marga fræði at Þuríði, learnt as her pupil, at her hands, as St. Paul at the feet of Gamaliel, (just as the Scotch say to speer or ask at a person); Ari nam at Þorgeiri afraðskoll, Hkr. (pref.); nema kunnáttu at e-m, used of a pupil, Fms. i. 8; nema fræði at e-m, xi. 396.

2. of receiving, acquiring, buying, from; þiggja e-t at e-m, to receive a thing at his hands, Nj. 51; líf, to be pardoned, Fms. x. 173; kaupa land at e-m, to buy it from, Landn. 72, Íb. II, (now af is more freq. in this sense); geta e-t at e-m, to obtain, procure at one’s hands, impetrare; þeirra manna er þeir megu þat geta at, who are willing to do that, Grág. i. I; heimta e-t at e-m (now af), to call in, demand (a debt, money), 279; fala e-t at e-m (now af), to chaffer for or cheapen anything, Nj. 73; sækja e-t at e-m, to ask, seek for; sækja heilræði ok traust at e-m, 98; leiga e-t at e-m (now af), to borrow, Grág. ii. 334; eiga e-t (fé, skuld) at e-m, to be owed money by any one, i. 399: metaph. to deserve of one, Nj. 113; eiga mikit at e-m, to have much to do with, 138; hafa veg, virðing, styrk, at, to derive honour, power from, Fms. vi. 71, Eg. 44, Bárð. 174; gagn, to be of use, Ld. 216; mein, tálma, mischief, disadvantage, 158, 216, cp. Eg. 546; ótta, awe, Nj. 68.

VI. denoting conformity, according to, Lat. secundum, ex, after; at fornum sið, Fms. i. 112; at sögn Ara prests, as Ari relates, on his authority, 55; at ráði allra vitrustu manna, at the advice of, Ísl. ii. 259, Ld. 62; at lögum, at landslögum, by the law of the land, Grág., Nj.; at líkindum, in all likelihood, Ld. 272; at sköpum, in due course (poet.); at hinum sama hætti, in the very same manner, Grág. i. 90; at vánum, as was to be expected, Nj. 255; at leyfi e-s, by one’s leave, Eg. 35; úlofi, Grág. ii. 215; at ósk, vilja e-s, as one likes…; at mun, id. (poet.); at sólu, happily (following the course of the sun), Bs. i. 70, 137; at því sem …, as to infer from …, Nj. 124: ‘fara, láta, ganga at’ denotes to yield, agree to, to comply with, give in, Ld. 168, Eg. 18, Fms. x. 368.

VII. in phrases nearly or quite adverbial; gróa, vera græddr, at heilu, to be quite healed, Bárð. 167, Eb. 148; bíta at snöggu, to bite it bare, Fms. xi. 6; at þurru, till it becomes dry, Eb. 276; at endilöngu, all along, Fas. ii; vinnast at litlu, to avail little, 655 x. 14; at fullu, fully, Nj. 257, Hkr. i. 171; at vísu, of a surety, surely, Ld. 40; at frjálsu, freely, 308; at líku, at sömu, equally, all the same, Hom. 80, Nj. 267; at röngu, wrongly, 686 B. 2; at hófi, temperately, Lex. Poët.; at mun, at ráði, at marki, to a great extent; at hringum, utterly, all round, (rare), Fms. x. 389; at einu, yet, Orkn. 358; svá at einu, því at einu, allt at einu, yet, however, nevertheless.

VIII. connected with comparatives of adverbs and adjectives, and strengthening the sense, as in Engl. ‘the,’ so much the more, all the more; ‘at’ heldr tveimr, at ek munda gjarna veita yðr öllum, where it may be translated by so much the more to two, as I would willingly grant it to all of you; hon grét at meir, she grat (wept) the more, Eg. 483; þykir oss at líkara, all the more likely, Fms. viii. 6; þess at harðari, all the harder, Sturl. iii. 202 C; svá at hinn sé bana at nær, Grág. ii. 117; at auðnara, at hólpnara, the more happy, Al. 19, Grett. 116 B; þess at meiri, Fms. v. 64; auvirðismaðr at meiri, Sturl. ii. 139; maðr at vaskari, id.; at feigri, any the more fey, Km. 22; maðr at verri, all the worse, Nj. 168; ok er ‘at’ firr…, at ek vil miklu heldr, cp. Lat. tantum abest… ut, Eg. 60.

β. following after a negation; eigi at síðr, no less, Nj. 160, Ld. 146; eigi… at meiri maðr, any better, Eg. 425, 489; erat héra at borgnara, any the better off for that, Fms. vii. 116; eigi at minni, no less for that, Edda (pref.) 146; eigi at minna, Ld. 216, Fms. ix. 50; ekki at verri drengr, not a bit worse for that, Ld. 42; er mér ekki son minn at bættari, þótt…, 216; at eigi vissi at nær, any more, Fas. iii. 74.

IX. following many words:

1. verbs, esp. those denoting, a. to ask, enquire, attend, seek, e. g. spyrja at, to speer (ask) for; leita at, to seek for; gæta, geyma at, to pay attention to; huga, hyggja at; hence atspurn, to enquire, aðgæzla, athugi, attention, etc.

β. verbs denoting laughter, play, joy, game, cp. the Engl. to play at …, to laugh at …; hlæja, brosa at e-u, to laugh, smile at it; leika (sér) at e-u, to play at; þykja gaman at, to enjoy; hæða, göra gys at …, to make sport at …

γ. verbs denoting assistance, help; standa, veita, vinna, hjálpa at; hence atstoð, atvinna, atverk:—mode, proceeding; fara at, to proceed, hence atför and atferli:—compliance; láta, fara at e-u, v. above:— fault; e-t er at e-u, there is some fault in it, Fms. x. 418; skorta at e-u, to fall short of, xi. 98:—care, attendance; hjúkra at, hlýja at, v. these words:—gathering, collecting; draga, reiða, flytja, fá at, congerere:—engagement, arrival, etc.; sækja at, to attack; ganga at, vera at, to be about; koma at, ellipt. to arrive: göra at, to repair: lesta at, to impair (v. above); finna at, to criticise (mod.); telja at, id.: bera at, to happen; kveða at e-m, to address one, 625. 15, (kveða at (ellipt.) now means to pronounce, and of a child to utter (read) whole syllables); falla at, of the flood-tide (ellipt.): metaph. of pains or straits surrounding one; þreyngja, herða at, to press hard: of frost and cold, with regard to the seasons; frjósa at, kólna at, to get really cold (SI. 44), as it were from the cold stiffening all things: also of the seasons themselves; hausta, vetra að, when the season really sets in; esp. the cold seasons, ‘sumra at’ cannot be used, yet we may say ‘vára að’ when the spring sets in, and the air gets mild.

δ. in numberless other cases which may partly be seen below.

2. connected ellipt. with adverbs denoting motion from a place; norðan, austan, sunnan, vestan at, those from the north, east…; utan at, innan at, from the outside or inside.

3. with adjectives (but rarely), e. g. kærr, elskr, virkr (affectionate), vandr (zealous), at e-m; v. these words.

WITH ACC.

TEMP.: Lat. post, after, upon, esp. freq. in poetry, but rare in prose writers, who use eptir; nema reisi niðr at nið (= maðr eptir mann), in succession, of erecting a monument, Hm. 71; in prose, at þat. posthac, deinde, Fms. x. 323, cp. Rm., where it occurs several times, 2, 6, 9, 14, 18, 24, 28, 30, 35; sonr á at taka arf at föður sinn, has to take the inheritance after his father, Grág. i. 170 new Ed.; eiga féránsdóm at e-n, Grág. i. 89; at Gamla fallinn, after the death of G., Fms. x. 382; in Edda (Gl.) 113 ought to be restored, grét ok at Oð, gulli Freyja, she grat (wept) tears of gold for her lost husband Od. It is doubtful if it is ever used in a purely loc. sense; at land, Grág. (Sb.)ii. 211, is probably corrupt; at hönd = á hönd, Grág. (Sb.) i. 135; at mót = at móti, v. this word.

☞ In compounds (v. below) at- or að- answers in turn to Lat. ad- or in- or con-; atdráttr e. g. denotes collecting; atkoma is adventus: it may also answer to Lat. ob-, in atburðr = accidence, but might also be compared with Lat. occurrere.

2.

and að, the mark of the infinitive [cp. Goth. du; A. S. and Engl. to; Germ. zu]. Except in the case of a few verbs ‘at’ is always placed immediately before the infinitive, so as to be almost an inseparable part of the verb.

I. it is used either,

1. as, a simple mark of the infinitive, only denoting an action and independent of the subject, e. g. at ganga, at hlaupa, at vita, to go, to run, to know; or,

2. in an objective sense when following such verbs as bjóða segja…, to invite, command …; hann bauð þeim at ganga, at sitja, be bade, ordered them to go, sit, or the like; or as gefa and fá; gefa e-m at drekka, at eta, to give one to drink or to eat, etc. etc.

β. with the additional notion of intention, esp. when following verba cogitandi; hann ætlaði, hafði í hyggju at fara, he had it in his mind to go (where ‘to go’ is the real object to ætlaði and hafði í hyggju).

3. answering to the Gr. ινα, denoting intention, design, in order to; hann gékk í borg at kaupa silfr, in order to buy, Nj. 280; hann sendi riddara sína með þeim at varðveita þær, 623. 45: in order to make the phrase more plain, ‘svá’ and ‘til’ are frequently added, esp. in mod. writers, ‘svá at’ and contr. ‘svát’ (the last however is rare), ‘til at’ and ‘til þess at,’ etc.

II. in the earlier times the infin., as in Greek and Lat., had no such mark; and some verbs remain that cannot be followed by ‘at;’ these verbs are almost the same in Icel. as in Engl.:

α. the auxiliary verbs vil, mun ( μέλλω), skal; as in Engl. to is never used after the auxiliaries shall, will, must; ek vil ganga, I will go; ek mun fara, (as in North. E.) I mun go; ek skal göra þat, I shall do that, etc.

β. the verbs kunna, mega, as in Engl. I can or may do, I dare say; svá hygginn at hann kunni fyrir sökum ráða, Grág. ii. 75; í öllu er prýða má góðan höfðingja, Nj. 90; vera má, it may be; vera kann þat, id.: kunnu, however, takes ‘at’ whenever it means to know, and esp. in common language in phrases such as, það kann að vera, but vera kann þat, v. above.

γ. lata, biðja, as in Engl. to let, to bid; hann lét (bað) þá fara, he let (bade) them go.

δ. þykkja, þykjast, to seem; hann þykir vera, he is thought to be: reflex., hann þykist vera, sibi videtur: impers., mér þykir vera, mibi videtur, in all cases without ‘at.’ So also freq. the verbs hugsa, hyggja, ætla, halda, to think, when denoting merely the act of thinking; but if there be any notion of intention or purpose, they assume the ‘at;’ thus hann ætlaði, hugði, þá vera góða menn, he thought them to be, acc. c. inf.; but ætlaði at fara, meant to go, etc.

ε. the verbs denoting to see, bear; sjá, líta, horfa á … ( videre); heyra, audire, as in Engl. I saw them come, I heard him tell, ek sá þá koma, ek heyrði hann tala.

ζ. sometimes after the verbs eiga and ganga; hann gékk steikja, be went to roast, Vkv. 9; eiga, esp. when a mere periphrasis instead of skal, móður sína á maðr fyrst fram færa (better at færa), Grág. i. 232; á þann kvið einskis meta, 59; but at meta, id. l. 24; ráða, nema, göra …, freq. in poetry, when they are used as simple auxiliary verbs, e. g. nam hann sér Högna hvetja at rúnum, Skv. 3. 43.

η. hljóta and verða, when used in the sense of must (as in Engl. he must go), and when placed after the infin.of another verb; hér muntu vera hljóta, Nj. 129; but hljóta at vera: fara hlýtr þú, Fms. 1. 159; but þú hlýtr at fara: verða vita, ii. 146; but verða at vita: hann man verða sækja, þó verðr (= skal) maðr eptir mann lifa, Fms. viii. 19, Fas. ii. 552, are exceptional cases.

θ. in poetry, verbs with the verbal neg. suffix ‘-at,’ freq. for the case of euphony, take no mark of the infinitive, where it would be indispensable with the simple verb, vide Lex. Poët. Exceptional cases; hvárt sem hann vill ‘at’ verja þá sök, eða, whatever he chooses, either, Grág. i. 64; fyrr viljum vér enga kórónu at bera, en nokkut ófrelsi á oss at taka, we would rather bear no crown than …, Fms. x. 12; the context is peculiar, and the ‘at’ purposely added. It may be left out ellipt.; e. g. þá er guð gefr oss finnast (= at finnast), Dipl. ii. 14; gef honum drekka (= at drekka), Pr. 470; but mostly in unclassical writers, in deeds, or the like, written nastily and in an abrupt style.

3.

and að, conj. [Goth. þatei = οτι; A. S. þät; Engl. that; Germ, dass; the Ormul. and Scot. at, see the quotations sub voce in Jamieson; in all South-Teutonic idioms with an initial dental: the Scandinavian idioms form an exception, having all dropped this consonant; Swed. åt, Dan. at]. In Icel. the Bible translation (of the 16th century) was chiefly based upon that of Luther; the hymns and the great bulk of theol. translations of that time were also derived from Germany; therefore the germanised form það frequently appears in the Bible, and was often employed by theol. authors in sermons since the time of the Reformation. Jón Vidalin, the greatest modern Icel. preacher, who died in 1720, in spite of his thoroughly classical style, abounds in the use of this form; but it never took root in the language, and has never passed into the spoken dialect. After a relative or demonstr. pronoun, it freq. in mod. writers assumes the form eð, hver eð, hverir eð, hvað eð, þar eð. Before the prep. þú (tu), þ changes into t, and is spelt in a single word attú, which is freq. in some MS.;—now, however, pronounced aððú, aððeir, aððið …, = að þú…, with the soft Engl. th sound. It gener. answers to Lat. ut, or to the relat. pron. qui.

I. that, relative to svá, to denote proportion, degree, so…, that, Lat. tam, tantus, tot…, ut; svá mikill lagamaðr, at…, so great a lawyer, that…, Nj. 1; hárið svá mikit, at þat…, 2; svá kom um síðir því máli, at Sigvaldi, it came so far, that…, Fms. xi. 95, Edda 33. Rarely and unclass., ellipt. without svá; Bæringr var til seinn eptir honum, at hann … (= svá at), Bær. 15; hlífði honum, at hann sakaði ekki, Fas. iii. 441.

II. it is used,

1. with indic, in a narrative sense, answering partly to Gr. οτι, Lat. quod, ut, in such phrases as, it came to pass, happened that …; þat var einhverju sinni, at Höskuldr hafði vinaboð, Nj. 2; þat var á palmdrottinsdag, at Ólafr konungr gékk út um stræti, Fms. ii. 244.

2. with subj. answering to Lat. acc. with infin., to mark the relation of an object to the chief verb, e. g. vilda ek at þú réðist, I wished that you would, Nj. 57.

β. or in an oblique sentence, answering to ita ut…; ef svá kann verða at þeir láti…, if it may be so that they might…, Fms. xi. 94.

γ. with a subj. denoting design, answering to ϊνα or Lat. ut with subj., in order that; at öll veraldar bygðin viti, ut sciat totus orbis, Stj.; þeir skáru fyrir þá melinn, at þeir dæi eigi af sulti, ut ne fame perirent, Nj. 265; fyrsti hlutr bókarinnar er Kristindómsbálkr, at menn skili, in order that men may understand, Gþl. p. viii.

III. used in connection with conjunctions,

1. esp. þó, því, svá; þó at freq. contr. þótt; svát is rare and obsolete.

α. þóat, þótt (North. E. ‘thof’), followed by a subjunctive, though, although, Lat. etsi, quamquam (very freq.); þóat nokkurum mönnum sýnist þetta með freku sett… þá viljum vér, Fms. vi. 21: phrases as, gef þú mér þó at úverðugri, etsi indignae (dat.), Stj. MS. col. 315, are unclass., and influenced by the Latin: sometimes ellipt. without ‘þó,’ eigi mundi hón þá meir hvata göngu sinni, at (= þóat) hon hraeddist bana sinn, Edda 7, Nj. 64: ‘þó’ and ‘at’ separated, svarar hann þó rétt, at hann svari svá, Grág. i. 23; þó er rétt at nýta, at hann sé fyrr skorinn, answering to Engl. yet—though, Lat. attamen —etsi, K. Þ. K.

β. því at, because, Lat. nam, quia, with indic.; því at allir vóru gerfiligir synir hans, Ld. 68; því at af íþróttum verðr maðr fróðr, Sks. 16: separated, því þegi ek, at ek undrumst, Fms. iii. 201; því er þessa getið, at þat þótti, it i s mentioned because …, Ld. 68.

γ. svá at, so that, Lat. ut, ita ut; grátrinn kom upp, svá at eingi mátti öðrum segja, Edda 37: separated, so … that, svá úsvúst at …, so bad weather, that, Bs. i. 339, etc.

2. it is freq. used superfluously, esp. after relatives; hver at = hverr, quis; því at = því, igitur; hverr at þekkr ok þægiligr mun verða, Fms. v. 159; hvern stvrk at hann mundi fá, 44; ek undrumst hvé mikil ógnarraust at liggr í þér, iii. 201; því at ek mátti eigi þar vera elligar, því at þar var kristni vel haldin, Fas. i. 340.

IV. as a relat. conj.:

1. temp, when, Lat. quum; jafnan er ( est) mér þá verra er ( quum) ek fer á braut þaðan, en þá at ( quum) ek kem, Grett. 150 A; þar til at vér vitum, till we know, Fms. v. 52; þá at ek lýsta (= þá er), when, Nj. 233.

2. since, because; ek færi yðr (hann), at þér eruð í einum hrepp allir, because of your being all of the same Rape, Grág. i. 260; eigi er kynlegt at ( though) Skarphéðinn sé hraustr, at þat er mælt at…, because (since) it is a saying that…, Nj. 64.

V. in mod. writers it is also freq. superfluously joined to the conjunctions, ef að = ef, si, (Lv. 45 is from a paper MS.), meðan að = meðan, dum; nema að, nisi; fyrst að = fyrst, quoniam; eptir að, síðan að, postquam; hvárt að = hvárt, Lat. an. In the law we find passages such as, þá er um er dæmt eina sök, at þá eigu þeir aptr at ganga í dóminn, Grág. i. 79; ef þing ber á hina helgu viku, at þat á eigi fyrir þeim málum at standa, 106; þat er ok, at þeir skulu reifa mál manna, 64; at þeir skulu með váttorð þá sök sækja, 65: in all these cases ‘at’ is either superfluous or, which is more likely, of an ellipt. nature, ‘the law decrees’ or ‘it is decreed’ being understood. The passages Sks. 551, 552, 568, 718 B, at lokit (= at ek hefi lokit), at hugleitt (= at ek hefi h.), at sent (= at ek hefi sent) are quite exceptional.

4.

and að, an indecl. relat. pronoun [Ulf. þatei = ος, ος αν, οστις, οσπερ, οιος, etc.; Engl. that, Ormul. at], with the initial letter dropped, as in the conj. at, (cp. also the Old Engl. at, which is both a conj. and a pronoun, e. g. Barbour vi. 24 in Jamieson: ‘I drede that his gret wassalage, | And his travail may bring till end, | That at men quhilc full litil wend.’ | ‘His mestyr speryt quhat tithings a t he saw.’—Wyntoun v. 3. 89.) In Icel. ‘er’ (the relat. pronoun) and ‘at’ are used indifferently, so that where one MS. reads ‘er,’ another reads ‘at,’ and vice versâ; this may easily be seen by looking at the MSS.; yet as a rule ‘er’ is much more freq. used. In mod. writers ‘at’ is freq. turned into ‘eð,’ esp. as a superfluous particle after the relative pron. hverr (hver eð, hvað eð, hverir eð, etc.), or the demonstr. sá (sá eð, þeir eð, hinir eð, etc.):—who, which, that, enn bezta grip at ( which) hafði til Íslands komið, Ld. 202; en engi mun sá at ( cui) minnisamara mun vera, 242; sem blótnaut at ( quae) stærst verða, Fms. iii. 214; þau tiðendi, at mér þætti verri, Nj. 64, etc. etc.

5.

n. collision (poët.); odda at, crossing of spears, crash of spears, Höfuðl. 8.

β. a fight or bait of wild animals, esp. of horses, v. hesta-at and etja.

6.

the negative verbal suffix, v. -a.

Íslensk-ensk orðabók > AT
5 अग्निः _agniḥ

अग्निः [अङ्गति ऊर्ध्वं गच्छति अङ्ग्-नि,नलोपश्च Uṇ.4.5., or fr. अञ्च् 'to go.']

1 Fire कोप˚, चिन्ता˚, शोक˚, ज्ञान˚, राज˚, &c.

-2 The God of fire.

-3 Sacrificial fire of three kinds (गार्हपत्य, आहवनीय and दक्षिण); पिता बै गार्हपत्यो$ ग्निर्माताग्निर्दक्षिणः स्मृतः । गुरुराहवनीयस्तु साग्नित्रेता गरीयसी ॥ Ms. 2.232.

-4 The fire of the stomach, digestive faculty, gastric fluid.

-5 Bile (नाभेरूर्ध्व हृदयादधस्तादामाशयमाचक्षते तद्गतं सौरं तेजः पित्तम् इत्याचक्षते).

-6 Cauterization (अग्नि- कर्मन्).

-7 Gold.

-8 The number three. शराग्निपरिमाणम् (पञ्चत्रिंशत्) Mb.13.17.26.

-9 N. of various plants: (a) चित्रक Plumbago Zeylanica; (b) रक्तचित्रक; (c) भल्लातक Semicarpus Anacardium; (d) निम्बक Citrus Acida.

-1 A mystical substitute for the letter र्. In Dvandva comp. as first member with names of deities, and with particular words अग्नि is changed to अग्ना, as ˚विष्णू, ˚मरुतौ, or to अग्नी, ˚पर्जन्यौ, ˚ वरुणौ, ˚षोमौ

-11 पिङगला नाडी; यत्र तद् ब्रह्म निर्द्वन्द्वं यत्र सोमः, (इडा) सहाग्निना (अग्निः पिङ्गला) Mb.14.2.1.

-12 Sacrificial altar, अग्निकुण्ड cf. Rām. 1.14.28.

-13 Sky. अग्निर्मूर्धा Muṇḍ 2.1.4. [cf. L. ignis.

[Agni is the God of Fire, the Ignis of the Latins and Ogni of the Slavonians. He is one of the most prominent deities of the Ṛigveda. He, as an immortal, has taken up his abode among mortals as their guest; he is the domestic priest, the successful accomplisher and protector of all ceremonies; he is also the religious leader and preceptor of the gods, a swift messenger employed to announce to the immortals the hymns and to convey to them the oblations of their worshippers, and to bring them down from the sky to the place of sacrifice. He is sometimes regarded as the mouth and the tongue through which both gods and men participate in the sacrifices. He is the lord, protector and leader of people, monarch of men, the lord of the house, friendly to mankind, and like a father, mother, brother &c. He is represented as being produced by the attrition of two pieces of fuel which are regarded as husband and wife. Sometimes he is considered to have been brought down from heaven or generated by Indra between two clouds or stones, created by Dyau, or fashioned by the gods collectively. In some passages he is represented as having a triple existence, which may mean his three- fold manifestations as the sun in heaven, lightning in the atmosphere, and as ordinary fire on the earth, although the three appearances are also elsewhere otherwise explained. His epithets are numberless and for the most part descriptive of his physical characteristics: धूमकेतु, हुतभुज्, शुचि, रोहिताश्व, सप्तजिह्व, तोमरधर, घृतान्न, चित्रभानु, ऊर्ध्वशोचिस्, शोचिष्केश, हरिकेश, हिरण्यदन्त, अयोदंष्ट्र &c. In a celebrated passage he is said to have 4 horns, 3 feet, 2 heads, and 7 hands. The highest divine functions are ascribed to Agni. He is said to have spread out the two worlds and + produced them, to have supported heaven, formed the mundane regions and luminaries of heaven, to have begotten Mitra and caused the sun to ascend the sky. He is the head and summit of the sky, the centre of the earth. Earth, Heaven and all beings obey his commands. He knows and sees all worlds or creatures and witnesses all their actions. The worshippers of Agni prosper, they are wealthy and live long. He is the protector of that man who takes care to bring him fuel. He gives him riches and no one can overcome him who sacrifices to this god. He confers, and is the guardian of, immortality. He is like a water-trough in a desert and all blessing issue from him. He is therefore constantly supplicated for all kinds of boons, riches, food, deliverance from enemies and demons, poverty, reproach, childlessness, hunger &c. Agni is also associated with Indra in different hymns and the two gods are said to be twin brothers.

Such is the Vedic conception of Agni; but in the course of mythological personifications he appears as the eldest son of Brahmā and is called Abhimānī [Viṣṇu Purāṇa]. His wife was Svāhā; by her, he had 3 sons - Pāvaka, Pavamāna and Śuchi; and these had forty-five sons; altogether 49 persons who are considered identical with the 49 fires. He is also represented as a son of Aṅgiras, as a king of the Pitṛs or Manes, as a Marut and as a grandson of Śāṇḍila, and also as a star. The Harivaṁśa describes him as clothed in black, having smoke for his standard and head-piece and carrying a flaming javelin. He is borne in a chariot drawn by red horses and the 7 winds are the wheels of his car. He is accompanied by a ram and sometimes he is represented as riding on that animal. Agni was appointed by Brahamā as the sovereign of the quarter between the south and east, whence the direction is still known as Āgneyī. The Mahābhārata represents Agni as having exhausted his vigour and become dull by devouring many oblations at the several sacrifices made by king Śvetaki, but he recruited his strength by devouring the whole Khāṇḍava forest; for the story see the word खाण्डव].

-Comp. -अ (आ) गारम् -रः, -आलयः, -गृहम् [अग्निकार्याय अगारम् शाक˚ त.] a fire- sanctuary, house or place for keeping the sacred fire; वसंश्चतुर्थो$ग्निरिवाग्न्यगारे R.5.25. रथाग्न्यगारं चापार्चीं शरशक्तिगदे- न्धनम् Mb.11.25.14.

-अस्त्रम् fire-missile, a rocket,

-आत्मक a. [अग्निरात्मा यस्य] of the nature of fire सोमा- त्मिका स्त्री, ˚कः पुमान्.

-आधानम् consecrating the fire; so ˚आहिति.

-आधेयः [अग्निराधेयो येन] a Brāhmana who maintains the sacred fire. (

-यम्) =

˚आधानम्. -आहितः [अग्निराहितो येन, वा परनिपातः P.II.2.37.] one who maintains the sacred fire; See आहिताग्नि.

-इध् m. (अग्नीध्रः) [अग्निम् इन्द्धे स अग्नीध्] the priest who kindles fire (mostly Ved).

-इन्धनः [अग्निरिध्यते अनेन] N. of a Mantra. (नम्) kindling the fire; अग्नीन्धनं भैक्षचर्याम् Ms.2.18.

-उत्पातः [अग्निना दिव्यानलेन कृतः उत्पातः] a fiery portent, meteor, comet &c. In Bṛ. S.33 it is said to be of five kinds: दिवि भुक्तशुभफलानां पततां रूपाणि यानि तान्युल्काः । धिष्ण्योल्का- शनिविद्युत्तारा इति पञ्चधा भिन्नाः ॥ उल्का पक्षेण फलं तद्वत् धिष्ण्याशनिस्त्रिभिः पक्षैः । विद्युदहोभिः ष़ड्भिस्तद्वत्तारा विपाचयति ॥ Different fruits are said to result from the appearances of these portents, according to the nature of their colour, position &c.

-उद्धरणम्, -उद्धारः 1 producing fire by the friction of two araṇis.

-2 taking out, before sun-rise, the sacred fire from its cover of ashes previous to a sacrifice.

-उपस्थानम् worship of Agni; the Mantra or hymn with which Agni is worshipped (अग्निरुपस्थीयते$नेन) अग्निस्त्रिष्टुभ् उपस्थाने विनियोगः Sandhyā.

-एधः [अग्निमेधयति] an incendiary.

-कणः; -स्तोकः a spark.

-कर्मन् n. [अग्नौ कर्म स. त.]

1 cauterization.

-2 action of fire.

-3 oblation to Agni, worship of Agni (अग्निहोत्र); so ˚कार्य offering oblations to fire, feeding fire with ghee &c.; निर्वर्तिताग्निकार्यः K.16.; ˚र्यार्धदग्ध 39, Ms.3.69, अग्निकार्यं ततः कुर्यात्सन्ध्ययोरुभयोरपि । Y.1.25.

-कला a part (or appearance) of fire; ten varieties are mentioned धूम्रार्चिरुष्मा ज्वलिनी ज्वालिनी विस्फु- लिङ्गिनी । सुश्री: सुरूपा कपिला हव्यकव्यवहे अपि ॥ यादीनां दश- वर्णानां कला धर्मप्रदा अमूः ।).

-कारिका [अग्निं करोति आधत्ते करणे कर्तृत्वोपचारात् कर्तरि ण्वुल्]

1 the means of consecrating the sacred fire, the Ṛik called अग्नीध्र which begins with अग्निं दूतं पुरो दधे. 2. = अग्निकार्यम्.

-काष्ठम् अग्नेः उद्दीपनं काष्ठं शाक ˚त.] agallochum (अगुरु)

-कुक्कुटः [अग्नेः कुक्कुट इव रक्तवर्णस्फुलिङ्गत्वात्] a firebrand, lighted wisp of straw.

-कुण्डम [अग्नेराधानार्थं कुण्डम्] an enclosed space for keeping the fire, a fire-vessel.

-कुमारः, -तनयः; सुतः 1 N. of Kārttikeya said to be born from fire; Rām.7. See कार्त्तिकेय.

-2 a kind of preparation of medicinal drugs.

-कृतः Cashew-nut; the plant Anacardium occidentale. [Mar.काजू]

-केतुः [अग्नेः केतुरिव]

1 smoke.

-2 N. of two Rākṣasas on the side of Rāvaṇa and killed by Rāma.

-कोणः -दिक् the south-east corner ruled over by Agni; इन्द्रो वह्निः पितृपतिर्नौर्ऋतो वरुणो मरुत् । कुबेर ईशः पतयः पूर्वादीनां दिशां क्रमात् ॥

-क्रिया [अग्निना निर्वर्तिता क्रिया, शाक. त.]

1 obsequies, funeral ceremonies.

-2 branding; भेषजाग्निक्रियासु च Y.3.284.

-क्रीडा [तृ. त.] fire-works, illuminations.

-गर्भ a. [अग्निर्गर्भे यस्य] pregnant with or containing fire, having fire in the interior; ˚र्भां शमीमिव Ś 4.3. (

--र्भः) [अग्निरिव जारको गर्भो यस्य]

1 N. of the plant Agnijāra.

-2 the sun stone, name of a crystal supposed to contain and give out fire when touched by the rays of the sun; cf Ś2.7.

-3 the sacrificial stick अरणि which when churned, gives out fire.

(-र्भा) 1 N. of the Śamī plant as containing fire (the story of how Agni was discovered to exist in the interior of the Śamī plant is told in chap. 35 of अनु- शासनपर्व in Mb.)

-2 N. of the earth (अग्नेः सकाशात् गर्भो यस्यां सा; when the Ganges threw the semen of Śiva out on the Meru mountain, whatever on earth &c. was irradiated by its lustre, became gold and the earth was thence called वसुमती)

-3 N. of the plant महा- ज्योतिष्मती लता (अग्निरिव गर्भो मध्यभागो यस्याः सा) [Mar. माल- कांगोणी]

-ग्रन्थः [अग्निप्रतिपादको ग्रन्थः शाक. त.] the work that treats of the worship of Agni &c.

-घृतम् [अग्न्युद्दीपनं घृतं शाक. त.] a kind of medicinal preparation of ghee used to stimulate the digestive power.

-चित् m. अग्निं चितवान्; चि-भूतार्थे क्विप् P.III.2.91] one who has kept the sacred fire; यतिभिः सार्धमनग्निमग्निचित् R.8.25; अध्वरे- ष्वग्निचित्वत्सु Bk.5.11.

-चयः, -चयनम्, -चित्या. arranging or keeping the sacred fire (अग्न्याधान); चित्याग्निचित्ये च P.III.1.132.

-2 (

-यः, -यनः) the Mantra used in this operation.

-3 a heap of fire

-चित्वत् [अग्निचयनम् अस्त्यस्मिन् मतुप्; मस्य वः । तान्तत्वान्न पद- त्वम् Tv.] having अग्निचयन or अग्निचित्.

-चूडः A bird having a red tuft.

-चर्णम् gunpowder. कार्यासमर्थः कत्यस्ति शस्त्रगोलाग्निचूर्णयुक् Śukranīti 2.93.

-ज, -जात a. produced by or from fire, born from fire.

(-जः, -जातः) 1 N. of the plant अग्निजार (अग्नये अग्न्युद्दीपनाय जायते सेवनात् प्रभवति).

1 N. of Kārttikeya पराभिनत्क्रौञ्चमिवाद्रिमग्निजः Mb.8.9. 68.3. Viṣṇu. (

-जम्, -जातम) gold; so ˚जन्मन्.

-जित् m. God; Bhāg.8.14.4.

-जिह्व a.

1 having a fiery tongue.

-2 one having fire for the tongue, epithet of a God or of Visṇu in the boar incarnation. (

-ह्वा)

1 a tongue or flame of fire.

-2 one of the 7 tongues of Agni (कराली धूमिनी श्वेता लोहिता नीललोहिता । सुवर्णा पद्मरागा च जिह्वा: सप्त विभावसोः

-3 N. of a plant लाङ्गली (अग्नेर्जिह्वेव शिखा यस्याः सा); of another plant (जलपिप्पली) or गजपिप्पली (विषलाङ्गला) (Mar. जल-गज पिंपळी)

-ज्वाला 1 the flame or glow of fire.

-2 [अग्नेर्ज्वालेव शिखा यस्याः सा] N. of a plant with red blossoms, chiefly used by dyers, Grislea Tomentosa (Mar. धायफूल, धायटी).

-तप् a. [अग्निना तप्यते; तप्-क्विप्] having the warmth of fire; practising austerities by means of fire.

-तपस् a. [अग्निभिः तप्यते]

1 practising very aus- tere penance, standing in the midst of the five fires.

-2 glowing, shining or burning like fire (तपतीति तपाः अग्निरिव तपाः) hot as fire

-तेजस् a. having the lustre or power of fire. (अग्नेरिव तेजो यस्य). (

-स् n.) the lustre of fire. (

-स् m.) N. of one of the 7 Ṛiṣis of the 11th Manvantara.

-त्रयम् the three fires, See under अग्नि.

-द a. [अग्निं दाहार्थं गृहादौ ददाति; दा. -क.]

1 giving or supplying with fire

-2 tonic, stomachic, producing appetite, stimulating digestion.

-3 incendiary; अग्निदान् भक्तदांश्चैव Ms.9.278; अग्निदानां च ये लोकाः Y.2.74; so ˚दायक, ˚दायिन्. यदग्निदायके पापं यत्पापं गुरुतल्पगे. Rām.2.75.45.

-दग्ध a.

1 burnt on the funeral pile; अग्निदग्धाश्च ये जीवा ये$प्यदग्धाः कुले मम Vāyu. P.

-2 burnt with fire.

-3 burnt at once without having fire put into the mouth, being destitute of issue (?); (pl.) a class of Manes or Pitṛis who, when alive, kept up the household flame and presented oblations to fire.

-दमनी [अग्निर्दम्यते$नया; दम्-णिच् करणे ल्युट] a narcotic plant, Solanum Jacquini. [Mar. रिंगणी]

-दातृ [अग्निं विधानेन ददाति] one who performs the last (funeral) ceremonies of a man; यश्चाग्निदाता प्रेतस्य पिण्डं दद्यात्स एव हि.

-दीपन a. [अग्निं दीपयति] stimulating digestion, stomachic, tonic.

-दीप्त a. [तृ. त्त.] glowing, set on fire, blazing (

-प्ता) [अग्निर्जठरानलो दीप्तः सेवनात् यस्याः सा] N. of a plant ज्योतिष्मती लता (Mar. मालकांगोणी), which is said to stimulate digestion.

-दीप्तिः f. active state of digestion.

-दूत a. अग्निर्दूत इव यस्मिन् यस्य वा] having Agni for a messenger, said of the sacrifice or the deity invoked; यमं ह यज्ञो गच्छत्यग्निदूतो अरंकृतः Rv.1.14.13.

-दूषितः a. branded.

-देवः [अग्नि- रेव देवः] Agni; a worshipper of Agni.

-देवा [अग्निर्देवो यस्याः] the third lunar mansion, the Pleiades (कृत्तिका).

-द्वारम् the door on the south-east of a building; पूर्व- द्वारमथैशाने चाग्निद्वारं तु दक्षिणे । Māna.9.294-95.

-धानम् [अग्निर्धियते$स्मिन्] the place or receptacle for keeping the sacred fire, the house of अग्निहोतृ; पदं कृणुते अग्निधाने Rv. 1.165.3.

-धारणम् maintaining the sacred fire; व्रतिनां ˚णम् K. 55.

-नयनम् = ˚प्रणयनम्.

-निर्यासः [अग्नेर्ज- ठरानलस्येव दीपको निर्यासो यस्य] N. of the plant अग्निजार.

-नेत्र a. [अग्निर्नेता यस्य] having Agni for the leader or conveyer of oblations, an epithet of a god in general.

-पदम् 1 the word Agni.

-2 fire-place.

-3 N. of a plant.

-परिक्रि-ष्क्रि-या care of the sacred fire, worship of fire, offering oblations; गृहार्थो$ग्निपरिष्क्रिया Ms.2.67.

-परिच्छदः the whole sacrificial apparatus; गृह्यं चाग्निपरिच्छदम् Ms.6. 4.

-परिधानम् enclosing the sacrificial fire with a kind of screen.

-परीक्षा [तृ. त.] ordeal by fire.

-पर्वतः [अग्निसाधनं पर्वतः] a volcano; महता ज्वलता नित्यमग्निमेवाग्नि- पर्वतः Rām.5.35.43.

-पुच्छः [अग्नेः अग्न्याधानस्थानस्य पुच्छ इव]. tail or back part of the sacrificial place; the extinction of fire.

-पुराणम् [अग्निना प्रोक्तं पुराणम्] one of the 18 Purāṇas ascribed to Vyāsa. It derives its name from its having been communicated originally by Agni to the sage Vasiṣṭha for the purpose of instructing him in the two-fold knowledge of Brahman. Its stanzas are said to be 145. Its contents are varied. It has portions on ritual and mystic worship, cosmical descriptions, chapters on the duties of Kings and the art of war, a chapter on law, some chapters on Medicine and some treatises on Rhetoric, Prosody, Grammar, Yoga, Brahmavidyā &c. &c.

-प्रणयनम् bringing out the sacrificial fire and consecrating it according to the proper ritual.

-प्रणिधिः Incendiary. Dk.2.8.

-प्रतिष्ठा consecration of fire, especially the nuptial fire.

-प्रवेशः; -शनम [स. त.] entering the fire, self-immolation of a widow on the funeral pile of her husband.

-प्रस्कन्दनम् violation of the duties of a sacrificer (अग्निहोमाकरण); ˚परस्त्वं चाप्येवं भविष्यसि Mb.1.84.26.

-प्रस्तरः [अग्निं प्रस्तृणाति अग्नेः प्रस्तरो वा] a flint, a stone producing fire.

-बाहुः [अग्ने- र्बाहुरिव दीर्घशिखत्वात्]

1 smoke.

-2 N. of a son of the first Manu; Hariv. N. of a son of Priyavrata and Kāmyā. V. P.

-बीजम् 1 the seed of Agni; (fig.) gold (रुद्रतेजः समुद्भूतं हेमबीजं विभावसोः)

-2 N. of the letter र्.

-भम [अग्नि- रिव भाति; भा-क.]

1 'shining like fire,' gold.

-2 N. of the constellation कृत्तिका.

-भु n. [अग्नेर्भवति; भू-क्विप् ह्रस्वान्तः]

1 water.

-2 gold.

-भू a. [अग्नेर्भवतिः भू-क्विप्] produced from fire.

(भूः) 1 'fire-born,' N. of Kārttikeya.

-2 N. of a teacher (काश्यप) who was taught by Agni.

-3 (arith.) six.

-भूति a. produced from fire. (

-तिः) [अग्निरिव भूतिरैश्वर्यं यस्य] N. of a pupil of the last Tīrthaṅkara. (

-तिः) f. the lustre or might of fire.

-भ्राजस् a. Ved. [अग्निरिव भ्राजते; भ्राज्-असुन्] shining like fire. अग्निभ्राजसो विद्युतः Ṛv.5.54.11.

-मणिः [अग्नेरुत्थापको मणिः शाक. त.] the sunstone.

-मथ् m. [अग्निं मथ्नाति निष्पादयति; मन्थ्-क्विप्- नलोपः]

1 the sacrificer who churns the fuel-stick.

-2 the Mantra used in this operation, on the अरणि itself.

-मन्थः, -न्थनम्, producing fire by friction; or the Mantra used in this operation. (

-न्थः) [अग्निर्मथ्यते अनेन मन्थ्-करणे घञ्] N. of a tree गणिकारिका (Mar. नरवेल) Premna Spinosa (तत्काष्ठयोर्घर्षणे हि आशु वह्निरुत्पद्यते),

-मान्द्यम् slowness of digestion, loss of appetite, dyspepsia.

-मारुतिः अग्निश्च मरुच्च तयोरपत्यं इञ् ततो वृद्धिः इत् च; द्विपदवृद्धौ पृषो. पूर्वपदस्य ह्रस्वः Tv.] N. of the sage Agastya.

-मित्रः N. of a king of the Śunga dynasty, son of Puṣypamitra who must have flourished before 15 B. C. -the usually accepted date of Patañjali-as the latter mentions पुष्यमित्र by name.

-मुखः a. having Agni at the head. (

-खः) [अग्निर्मुखमिव यस्य]

1 a deity, god, (for the gods receive oblations through Agni who is, therefore, said to be their mouth; अग्निमुखा वै देवाः; अग्निर्मुखं प्रथमं देवतानाम् &c; or अग्निर्मुखे अग्रे येषाम्, for fire is said to have been created before all other gods.)

-2 [अग्निर्मुखं प्रधानमुपास्यो यस्य] one who maintains the sacred fire (अग्निहोतृद्विज)

-3 a Brāhmaṇa in general (अग्निर्दाहकत्वात् शापाग्निर्मुखे यस्य for Brāhmaṇas are said to be वाग्वज्राः).

-4 N. of two plants चित्रक Plumbago Zeylanica and भल्लातक Semicarpus Anacardium अग्निरिव स्पर्शात् दुःखदायकं मुखमग्रम् यस्य, तन्निर्यासस्पर्शेन हि देहे क्षतोत्पत्तेस्थयोस्तथात्वम्)

-5 a sort of powder or चूर्ण prescribed as a tonic by चक्रदत्त

-6 'fire- mouthed, sharp-biting, an epithet of a bug. Pt. 1. (

-खी) अग्निरिव मुखमग्रं यस्याः; गौरादि-ङीष्]

1 N. of a plant भल्लातक (Mar. बिबवा, भिलावा) and लाङ्गलिका (विषलाङ्गला).

-2 N. of the Gāyatri Mantra (अग्निरेव मुखं मुखत्वेन कल्पितं यस्याः सा, or अग्नेरिव मुखं प्रजापतिमुखं उत्पत्ति- द्वारं यस्याः, अग्निना समं प्रजापतिमुखजातत्वात्; कदाचिदपि नो विद्वान् गायत्रीमुदके जपेत् । गायत्र्याग्निमुखी यस्मात्तस्मादुत्थाय तां जपेत् ॥ गोभिल).

-3 a kitchen [पाकशाला अग्निरिव उत्तप्तं मुखं यस्याः सा].

-मूढ a. [तृ. त.] Ved. made insane or stupefied by lightning or fire.

-यन्त्रम् A gun अग्नियन्त्रधरैश्चक्रधरैश्च पुरुषैर्वृतः Śivabhārata 12.17.

-यानम् An aeroplane. व्योमयानं विमानं स्यात् अग्नियानं तदेव हि । अगस्त्यसंहिता.

-योगः See पञ्चाग्निसाधन. अग्नियोगवहो ग्रीष्मे विधिदृष्टेन कर्मणा । चीर्त्वा द्वादशवर्षाणि राजा भवति पार्थिवः ॥ Mb.13.14,2.43.

-योजनम् causing the sacrificial fire to blaze up.

-रक्षणम् 1 con- secrating or preserving the sacred (domestic) fire or अग्निहोत्र.

-2 [अग्निः रक्ष्यते अनेन अत्र वा] a Mantra securing for Agni protection from evil spirits &c.

-3 the house of an अग्निहोतृ.

-रजः, -रजस् m. [अग्निरिव रज्यते दीप्यते; रञ्ज्-असुन् नलोपः]

1 a scarlet insect by name इन्द्रगोप.

-2 (अग्नेः रजः) the might or power of Agni.

-3 gold. Mb.3. 16.86.7

-रहस्यम् mystery of (worshipping &c.) Agni; N. of the tenth book of Śatapatha Brāhmaṇa.

-राशिः a heap of fire, burning pile.

-रुहा [अग्निरिव रोहति रुह्-क] N. of the plant मांसादनी or मांसरोहिणी (तदङ्कुरस्य वह्नितुल्य- वर्णतया उत्पन्नत्वात्तथात्वं तस्याः).

-रूप a. [अग्नेरिव रूपं वर्णो यस्य] fire-shaped; of the nature of fire.

-रूपम् the nature of fire.

-रेतस् n. the seed of Agni; (hence) gold.

-रोहिणी [अग्निरिव रोहति; रुह्-णिनि] a hard inflammatory swelling in the armpit.

-लोकः the world a Agni, which is situated below the summit of Meru; in the Purāṇas it is said to be in the अन्तरिक्ष, while in the Kāśī Khaṇḍa it is said to be to the south of इन्द्रपुरी; एतस्या दक्षिणे भागे येयं पूर्दृश्यते शुभा । इमामर्चिष्मतीं पश्य वीतिहोत्रपुरीं शुभाम् ॥

-वधूः Svāhā, the daughter of Dakṣa and wife of Agni

-वर्चस् a. [अग्नेर्वर्च इव वर्चो यस्य] glowing or bright like fire. (n.) the lustre of Agni. (-m.) N. of a teacher of the Purāṇas.

-वर्ण a. [अग्नेरिव वर्णो यस्य] of the colour of fire; hot; fiery; सुरां पीत्वा द्विजो मोहादग्निवर्णां सुरां पिबेत् Ms.11.9; गोमूत्रमग्निवर्णं वा पिबेदुदकमेव वा 91.

(र्णः) 1 N. of a prince, son of Sudarśana.

-2 N. of a King of the solar race, See R.19.1. the colour of fire. (

-र्णा) a strong liquor.

-वर्धक a. stimulating digestion, tonic.

(-कः) 1 a tonic.

-2 regimen, diet (पथ्याहार).

-वल्लभः [अग्नेर्वल्लभः सुखेन दाह्यत्वात्]

1 the Śāla tree, Shorea Robusta.

-2 the resinous juice of it.

-वासस् a. [अग्निरिव शुद्धं वासो यस्य] having a red (pure like Agni) garment. (n.) a pure garment.

-वाह a. [अग्निं वाहयति अनुमापयति वा]

1 smoke.

-2 a goat.

-वाहनम् a goat (छाग).

-विद् m.

1 one who knows the mystery about Agni.

-2 an अग्निहोत्रिन् q. v.

-विमोचनम् ceremony of lowering the sacrificial fire.

-विसर्पः pain from an inflamed tumour, inflammation.

-विहरणम्, -विहारः 1 taking the sacrificial fire from आग्नीध्र to the उत्तरवेदि.

-2 offering oblations to fire; प्रत्यासन्ना ˚वेला K.348.

-वीर्यम् 1 power or might of Agni.

-2 gold.

-वेतालः Name of Vetāla (connected with the story of Vikra- māditya).

-वेशः [अग्नेर्वेश इव] N. of an ancient medical authority (चरक).

-वेश्मन् m. the fourteenth day of the karma-ṃāsa; Sūryaprajñapti.

-वेश्यः 1 N. of a teacher, Mbh.

-2 Name of the 22nd muhūrta; Sūryapraj- ñapti. धौम्य cf. Mb 14.64.8.

-शरणम्, -शाला-लम् a fire-sanctuary; ˚मार्गमादेशय Ś.5; a house or place for keeping the sacred fire; ˚रक्षणाय स्थापितो$हम् V.3.

-शर्मन् a. [अग्निरिव शृणाति तीव्रकोपत्वात् शॄ-मनिन्] very passionate. (-m.) N. of a sage.

-शिख a. [अग्नेरिव अग्निरिव वा शिखा यस्य] fiery, fire-crested; दहतु ˚खैः सायकैः Rām.

(-खः) 1 a lamp.

-2 a rocket, fiery arrow.

-3 an arrow in general.

-4 safflower plant.

-5 saffron.

-6 जाङ्गलीवृक्ष.

(-खम्) 1 saffron.

-2 gold.

(-खा) 1 a flame; शरैरग्निशिखोपमैः Mb.

-2 N. of two plants लाङ्गली (Mar. वागचबका or कळलावी) Gloriosa Superba; of other plants (also Mar. कळलावी) Meni- spermum Cordifolium.

-शुश्रूषा careful service or worship of fire.

-शेखर a. fire-crested. (

-रः) N. of the कुसुम्भ, कुङ्कुम and जाङ्गली trees (

-रम्) gold,

-शौच a. [अग्नेरिव शौचं यस्य] bright as fire; purified by fire K.252.

-श्री a. [अग्नेरिव श्रीर्यस्य] glowing like fire; lighted by Agni

-ष्टुत्, -ष्टुभ, -ष्टोम &c. see ˚ स्तुत्, ˚स्तुभ् &c.

-ष्ठम् 1 kitchen; अग्निष्ठेष्वग्निशालासु Rām.6.1.16.

-2 a fire-pan.

-संयोगाः explosives. Kau. A.2.3.

-ष्वात्तः see स्वात्तः

-संस्कारः 1 consecration of fire.

-2 hallowing or con- secrating by means of fire; burning on the funeral pile; यथार्हं ˚रं मालवाय दत्वा Dk.169; नास्य कार्यो$ग्निसंस्कारः Ms.5.69, पितरीवाग्निसंस्कारात्परा ववृतिरे क्रियाः । R.12.56.

-सखः; -सहायः 1 the wind.

-2 the wild pigeon (smoke- coloured).

-3 smoke.

-सम्भव a. [प. ब.] sprung or pro- duced from fire.

(-वः) 1 wild safflower.

-2 lymph, result of digestion. (

-वम्) gold.

-साक्षिक [अग्निः साक्षी यत्र, कप्] a. or adv. keeping fire for a witness, in the presence of fire; पञ्चबाण˚ M.4.12. ˚मर्यादो भर्ता हि शरणं स्त्रियाः H.1.v. l, R.11.48.

-सारम् [अग्नौ सारं यस्य अत्यन्तानलोत्तापनेपि सारांशादहनात् Tv.] रसाञ्जन, a sort of medical preparation for the eyes. (

-रः -रम्) power or essence of fire.

-सुतः Kārttikeya; त्वामद्य निहनिष्यामि क्रौञ्चमग्निसुतो यथा । Mb.7.156.93.

-सूत्रम् a thread of fire.

-2 a girdle of sacrificial grass (मौञ्जीमेखला) put upon a young Brāhmaṇa at the time of investiture.

-सूनुः (See -सुतः), (सेनानीरग्निभूर्गुहः । Amar.); देव्यङ्कसंविष्ट- मिवाग्निसूनुम् । Bu. ch.1.67.

-स्तम्भः 1 stopping the burning power of Agni.

-2 N. of a Mantra used in this operation.

-3 N. of a medicine so used.

-स्तुत् m. (अग्निष्टुत्) [अग्निः स्तूयते$त्र; स्तु-आधारे क्विप् षत्वम्] the first day of the Agniṣṭoma sacrifice; N. of a por- tion of that sacrifice which extends over one day; यजेत वाश्वमेधेन स्वर्जिता गोसवेन वा । अभिजिद्विश्वजिद्भ्यां वा त्रिवृता- ग्निष्टुतापि वा ॥ Ms.11.74.

-स्तुभ् (˚ष्टुभ्) m. [अग्निः स्तुभ्यते$त्र; स्तुभ्-क्विप् षत्वम्]

1 = अग्निष्टोम.

-2 N. of a son of the sixth Manu.

-रतोमः (˚ष्टोमः) [अग्नेः स्तोमः स्तुतिसाधनं यत्र]

1 N. of a protracted ceremony or sacrificeial rite extending over several days in spring and forming an essential part of the ज्योतिष्टोम.

-2 a Mantra or Kalpa with reference to this sacrifice; ˚मे भवो मन्त्रः ˚मः; ˚मस्य व्याख्यानम्, कल्पः ˚मः P.IV.3.66. Vārt.

-3 N. of the son of the sixth Manu.

-4 a species of the Soma plant; ˚सामन् a part of the Sāma Veda chanted at the conclu- sion of the Agniṣṭoma sacrifice.

-सावर्णिः Name of Manu.

-स्थ a. (ष्ठ) [अग्नौ स्थातुमर्हति; स्था-क षत्वम्] placed in, over, or near the fire. (ष्ठः) an iron frying-pan; in the अश्वमेध sacrifice the 11th Yūpa which of all the 21 is nearest the fire.

-स्वात्तः (written both as ˚स्वात्त and ˚ष्वात्त) (pl.) [अग्नितः i. e. श्राद्धीयविप्रकर- रूपानलात् सुष्ठु आत्तं ग्रहणं येषां ते] N. of a class of Pitṛs or Manes who, when living on earth, maintained the sacred or domestic fires, but who did not perform the Agniṣṭoma and other sacrifices. They are regarded as Manes of Gods and Brāhmaṇas and also as descen- dants of Marīchi; Ms.3.195. अग्निष्वात्ताः पितर एह गच्छत Tsy.2.5.12.2. (मनुष्यजन्मन्यग्निष्टोमादियागमकृत्वा स्मार्तकर्मनिष्ठाः सन्तो मृत्वा च पितृत्वं गताः इति सायणः).

-हुत्, -होतृ Ved. sacrificing to Agni, having Agni for a priest; Rv.1.66.8.

-होत्रम् [अग्नये हूयते$त्र, हु-त्र, च. त.]

1 an oblation to Agni (chiefly of milk, oil and sour gruel.).

-2 maintenance of the sacred fire and offering oblation to it; (अग्नये होत्रं होमो$स्मिन् कर्मणीति अग्निहोत्रमिति कर्मनाम); or the sacred fire itself; तपोवनाग्निहोत्रधूमलेखासु K.26. होता स्यात् ˚त्रस्य Ms.11.36. ˚त्रमुपासते 42; स्त्रीं दाहयेत् ˚त्रेण Ms.5.167,6.4, दाहयित्वाग्निहोत्रेण स्त्रियं वृत्तवतीम् Y.1.89. The time of throwing oblations into the fire is, as ordained by the sun himself, evening (अग्नये सायं जुहुयात् सूर्याय प्रातर्जुहुयात्). Agnihotra is of two kinds; नित्य of constant obligation (यावज्जीवमग्निहोत्रं जुहोति) and काम्य occasional or optional (उपसद्भिश्चरित्वा मासमेकमग्निहोत्रं जुहोति). (

-त्र) a. Ved.

1 destined for, connected with, Agnihotra.

-2 sacrificing to Agni. ˚न्यायः The rule according to which the नित्यकर्मन्s (which are to be performed यावज्जीवम्) are performed at their stipulated or scheduled time only, during one's life time. This is discussed and established by जैमिनि and शबर at Ms.6. 2.23-26. in connection with अग्निहोत्र and other कर्मन्s. ˚हवनी (णी) a ladle used in sacrificial libations, or अग्निहोत्रहविर्ग्रहणी ऋक् Tv.; See हविर्ग्रहणी; ˚हुत् offering the अग्निहोत्र; ˚आहुतिः invocation or oblation connected with अग्निहोत्र.

-होत्रिन् a. [अग्निहोत्र-मत्वर्थे इनि]

1 one who practises the Agnihotra, or consecrates and maintains the sacred fire.

-2 one who has prepared the sacrifi- cial place.

-होत्री Sacrificial cow; तामग्निहोत्रीमृषयो जगृहु- र्ब्रह्मवादिनः Bhāg.8.8.2.

Sanskrit-English dictionary > अग्निः _agniḥ
6 ἐπί

ἐπί prep. w. gen., dat., or acc.; s. the lit. on ἀνά, beg. (Hom.+). The basic idea is ‘upon’ (opp. ὑπό) Kühner-G. I 495; s. also Rob 600–605. (In the foll. classifications case use is presented seriatim; in earlier editions of this lexicon all sections, except 13, 17, and 18 [of time], were included under the general rubric ‘Place’.)

① marker of location or surface, answering the question ‘where?’ on, upon, near

ⓐ w. gen., marking a position on a surface ἐ. (τῆς) γῆς on (the) earth (cp. En 9:1; 98:1; ἐ. γῆς 25:6; PsSol 17:2) Mt 6:10, 19; 9:6; 23:9; Mk 6:47 al. (Ar. 12, 1; Just., A I, 54, 7 al.). ἐ. τῆς θαλάσσης on the sea (cp. Job 9:8; Dio Chrys. 10 [11], 129 βαδίζειν ἐ. τῆς θαλ.; Lucian, Philops. 13 βαδίζειν ἐφʼ ὕδατος, VH 2, 4; Artem. 3, 16 ἐ. τ. θαλάσσης περιπατεῖν; schol. on Nicander, Ther. 15 p. 5, 26ff relying on the testimony of Hesiod: Orion was given a gift [δωρεά] by the gods καὶ ἐ. κυμάτων πορεύεσθαι καὶ ἐ. τῆς γῆς) Mt 14:26; Mk 6:48f; J 6:19 (w. acc. P⁷⁵; s. 4bβ below). ἐ. τῶν νεφελῶν on the clouds Mt 24:30; 26:64 (Da 7:13; cp. Philo, Praem. 8). ἐ. κλίνης 9:2; Lk 17:34. ἐ. τοῦ δώματος on the roof vs. 31; Mt 24:17; 10:27 foll. by pl. W. verbs: κάθημαι ἐ. τινος sit on someth. (Job 2:8; ἐ. τοῦ ἅρματος GrBar 6:2; cp. JosAs 27:1 ἐ. τοῦ ὀχήματος καθεζόμενος; Just., D. 90, 5 ἐ. λίθου καθεζόμενος) Mt 24:3; 27:19; Ac 8:28; Rv 6:16; 9:17 (the same prep. used in Rv w. κάθημαι and dat. s. bα below, and w. acc. cα). ἑστηκέναι ἐ. τινος stand on someth. Ac 21:40; Rv 10:5, 8 (Just., D. 86, 2 ἐστηρίχθαι). With parts of the body: ἐ. χειρῶν αἴρειν carry on (i.e. in/with) their hands Mt 4:6; Lk 4:11 (both Ps 90:12). ἐ. κεφαλῆς on the head (Hdt. 5, 12, 4) J 20:7; 1 Cor 11:10; Rv 12:1. ἐ. τοῦ μετώπου Rv 7:3; 9:4. ἐ. γυμνοῦ on the naked body Mk 14:51. Cp. use of ἐπί w. καθίζω and gen., and ἐπί w. κάθημαι and acc. Mt 19:28.—In a gener. and fig. sense Ac 21:23.

ⓑ w. dat., gener. suggesting contiguity on, in, above.

α. answering the question ‘where?’ (Hom. et al.; ins, pap, LXX; Just., D. 105, 5 ἐ. τῷ σταυρῷ; Tat., 9:1 ἐ. τοῖς ὄρεσι; Ath. 20, 1 ἐ. τῷ μετώπῳ; Mel., P. 19, 131 ἐ. σάκκῳ καὶ σποδῷ) ἐ. πίνακι on a platter Mt 14:8, 11; Mk 6:25, 28. ἀνακλῖναι ἐ. τῷ χλωρῷ χόρτῳ on the green grass 6:39. ἐ. τοῖς κραβάττοις vs. 55. ἐπέκειτο ἐπʼ αὐτῷ lay on it (or before it) J 11:38. καθήμενος ἐ. τῷ θρόνῳ Rv 4:9 (cp. gen. w. καθ. 1a above, and acc. cα below) 5:13; 7:10 and oft. ἐφʼ ἵπποις λευκοῖς on white horses 19:14. ἐ. σανίσιν on planks Ac 27:44. ἐ. τῇ στοᾷ in the colonnade 3:11. τὰ ἐ. τοῖς οὐρανοῖς what is above (or in) the heavens Eph 1:10. ἐπʼ αὐτῷ above him, at his head Lk 23:38 (=Mt 27:37 ἐπάνω τ. κεφαλῆς αὐτοῦ).

β. answering the question ‘whither?’ on, upon (Hom. et al.) w. verbs that indicate a direction: οἰκοδομεῖν ἐ. τινι build upon someth. Mt 16:18. ἐποικοδομεῖν Eph 2:20. ἐπιβάλλειν ἐπίβλημα ἐ. ἱματίῳ παλαιῷ put a patch on an old garment Mt 9:16. ἐπιπίπτειν ἐ. τινι Ac 8:16. ἐκάθισεν ἐ. τῷ θρόνῳ he sat down on the throne GJs 11:1. λίθον ἐπʼ αὐτῇ βαλέτω J 8:7 v.l. (cp. 12a below).

ⓒ w. acc., answering the question ‘where?’ (Hom. et al.; LXX; JosAs 29:2 φορῶν ἐ. τὸν μηρὸν αὐτοῦ ῥομφαίαν; Just., D. 53, 1 ζυγὸν ἐ. αὐχένα μὴ ἔχων)

α. on, over someth. καθεύδειν ἐ. τι sleep on someth. Mk 4:38. καθῆσθαι ἐ. τι sit on someth. Mt 19:28 (in the same vs. καθίζω w. gen., s. a above) J 12:15; Rv 4:4; 6:2; 11:16 al.; cp. Lk 21:35b; κεῖσθαι ἐ. τι lie upon someth. 2 Cor 3:15. κατακεῖσθαι Lk 5:25. ἑστηκέναι ἐ. τὸν αἰγιαλόν stand on the shore Mt 13:2; cp. Rv 14:1. ἑστῶτας ἐ. τὴν θάλασσαν standing beside the sea 15:2. ἔστη ἐ. τὴν κεφαλὴν τοῦ παιδίου (the star) remained stationary over the head of the child GJs 21:3. σκηνοῦν ἐ. τινα spread a tent over someone Rv 7:15. ἐ. τὴν δεξιάν at the right hand 5:1. λίθος ἐ. λίθον stone upon stone Mt 24:2.

β. ἐ. τὸ αὐτό at the same place, together (Ps.-X., Respublica Athen. [The Old Oligarch] 2, 2; Pla., Rep. 329a; SIG 736, 66 [92 B.C.]. In pap=‘in all’: PTebt 14, 20 [114 B.C.]; PFay 102, 6.—2 Km 2:13; En 100:2) εἶναι ἐ. τὸ αὐτό be together Lk 17:35; Ac 1:15; 2:1, 44. In 1 Cor 7:5 it is a euphemistic expr. for sexual union. κατοικεῖν ἐ. τὸ αὐτό live in the same place (Dt 25:5) Hm 5, 1, 4. Also w. verbs of motion (Sus 14 Theod.) συνέρχεσθαι ἐ. τὸ αὐτό come together to the same place 1 Cor 11:20; 14:23; cp. B 4:10 (Just., A I, 67, 3 συνέλευσις γίνεται). συνάγεσθαι (Phlegon of Tralles [Hadr.]: 257 Fgm. 36 III 9 Jac.; PsSol 2:2; TestJob 28:5 Jos., Bell. 2, 346) Mt 22:34; Ac 4:26 (Ps 2:2); 1 Cl 34:7. ἐ. τὸ αὐτὸ μίγνυσθαι be mixed together Hm 10, 3, 3. προσετίθει ἐ. τὸ αὐτό added to their number Ac 2:47.

γ. at, by, near someone or someth. καθῆσθαι ἐ. τὸ τελώνιον sit at the tax-office Mt 9:9 (ἐ. τὰς ὡραίας πύλας GrBar prol. 2); Mk 2:14. ἑστηκέναι ἐ. τὴν θύραν stand at the door Rv 3:20. σὺ ἔστης ἐ. τὸ θυσιαστήριον you are standing (ἕστηκας deStrycker) as priest at the altar GJs 8:2. ἐφʼ ὑμᾶς among you 2 Th 1:10; cp. Ac 1:21.—Of pers., over whom someth. is done ὀνομάζειν τὸ ὄνομα Ἰησοῦ ἐ. τινα speak the name of Jesus over someone Ac 19:13. ἐπικαλεῖν τὸ ὄνομά τινος ἐ. τινα=to claim someone for one’s own (Jer 14:9; 2 Ch 7:14; 2 Macc 8:15) Ac 15:17 (Am 9:12); Js 2:7; Hs 8, 6, 4. προσεύχεσθαι ἐ. τινα pray over someone Js 5:14.

② marker of presence or occurrence near an object or area, at, near

ⓐ w. gen., of immediate proximity to things at, near (Hdt. 7, 115; X., An. 4, 3, 28 al.; LXX, Just.) ἐ. τ. θυρῶν at the gates (Plut., C. Gracch. 841 [14, 3]; PRyl 127, 8f [29 A.D.] κοιμωμένου μου ἐ. τῆς θύρας; 1 Macc 1:55; Just., D. 111, 4) Ac 5:23 (s. b below for dat. in 5:9). ἐ. τῆς θαλάσσης near the sea (Polyb. 1, 44, 4; Ex 14:2; Dt 1:40; 1 Macc 14:34) J 21:1. ἐ. τῆς ὁδοῦ by the road Mt 21:19. ἐσθίειν ἐ. τῆς πραπέζης τινός eat at someone’s table Lk 22:30 (cp. POxy 99, 14 [55 A.D.] τράπεζα, ἐφʼ ἧς Σαραπίων καὶ μέτοχοι; Da 11:27 LXX ἐ. μιᾶς τραπέζης). ἐ. τοῦ (τῆς) βάτου at the thornbush = in the passage about the thornbush (i.e. Ex 3:1ff) Mk 12:26; Lk 20:37.

ⓑ with dat., of immediate proximity at, near by (Hom.+) ἦν ἔτι ἐ. τῷ τόπῳ ὅπου was still at the place, where J 11:30 v.l. (for ἐν; cp. Just., D. 402). ἐ. τῇ θύρᾳ (ἐ. θύραις) at the door (Hom. et al.; Wsd 19:17; Jos., Ant. 17, 90; Just., D. 32, 3) Mt 24:33; Mk 13:29; Ac 5:9 (s. a above). ἐ. τοῖς πυλῶσιν Rv 21:12. ἐ. τῇ πηγῇ J 4:6 (Jos., Ant. 5, 58 ἐ. τινι πηγῇ; Just., A I, 64, 1 ἐ. ταῖς … πηγαῖς). ἐ. τῇ προβατικῇ (sc. πύλῃ) near the sheepgate 5:2; cp. Ac 3:10. ἐ. τῷ ποταμῷ near the river (since Il. 7, 133; Jos., Ant. 4, 176 ἐ. τ. Ἰορδάνῳ) Rv 9:14.—Of pers. (Diod S 14, 113, 6; Just., A I, 40, 7) ἐφʼ ὑμῖν among you 2 Cor 7:7; cp. Ac 28:14 v.l.

③ marker of involvement in an official proceeding, before, w. gen., of pers., esp. in the language of lawsuits (Pla., Leg. 12, 943d; Isaeus 5, 1 al.; UPZ 71, 15; 16 [152 B.C.]; POxy 38, 11; Mitt-Wilck. I/2, 382, 23=BGU 909, 23; Jos., Vi. 258; Just., A II, 1, 1 ἐ. Οὐρβίκου). ἐ. τοῦ ἡγεμόνος in the governor’s presence Mt 28:14. ἐ. ἡγεμόνων καὶ βασιλέων Mk 13:9. ἐ. σου before you (the procurator) Ac 23:30. ἐ. Τερτούλλου Phlm subscr. v.l.; στάντος μου ἐ. τοῦ συνεδρίου Ac 24:20 (cp. Diod S 11, 55, 4 ἐ. τοῦ κοινοῦ συνεδρίου τ. Ἑλλήνων). γυναικὸς … διαβληθείσης ἐ. τοῦ κυρίου Papias (2:17). κρίνεσθαι ἐ. τῶν ἀδίκων go to law before the unrighteous 1 Cor 6:1. κριθήσεται ἐφʼ ὑμῶν before your tribunal D 11:11. μαρτυρεῖν ἐ. Ποντίου Πιλάτου testify before Pontius Pilate 1 Ti 6:13 (s. μαρτυρέω 1c). ἐ. τοῦ βήματος (POxy 37 I, 3 [49 A.D.]) ἑστὼς ἐ. τοῦ βήματος Καίσαρός εἰμι I am standing before Caesar’s tribunal Ac 25:10 (Appian says Prooem. c. 15 §62 of himself: δίκαις ἐν Ῥώμῃ συναγορεύσας ἐ. τῶν βασιλέων=I acted as attorney in lawsuits in Rome before the emperors).—Gener. in someone’s presence (Appian, Syr. 61 §324 ἐφʼ ὑμῶν=in your presence) ἐ. Τίτου before Titus 2 Cor 7:14. Cp.10 below.

④ marker of movement to or contact w. a goal, toward, in direction of, on

ⓐ w. gen., marking contact with the goal that is reached, answering the question ‘whither?’ toward, on, at w. verbs of motion (Appian, Iber. 98 §427 ἀπέπλευσεν ἐπʼ οἴκου=he sailed [toward] home; PGM 4, 2468f ἀναβὰς ἐ. δώματος; JosAs 27:1 ἀνέδραμε … ἐ. πέτρας; Jos., Ant. 4, 91 ἔφευγον ἐ. τ. πόλεων; Tat. 33:3 Εὐρώπην ἐ. τοῦ ταύρου καθιδρύσαντος) βάλλειν τὸν σπόρον ἐ. τῆς γῆς Mk 4:26; also σπείρειν vs. 31. πίπτειν (Wsd 18:23; TestAbr A 3 p. 80, 11 [Stone p. 8]; JosAs 9:1) 9:20; 14:35. καθιέναι Ac 10:11. τιθέναι (Sir 17:4) Lk 8:16; J 19:19; Ac 5:15. ἔρχεσθαι Hb 6:7; Rv 3:10; γίνεσθαι ἐ. reach, be at J 6:21. γενόμενος ἐ. τοῦ τόπου when he reached the place Lk 22:40. καθίζειν take one’s seat ἐ. θρόνου (JosAs 7:1 al.) Mt 19:28 (s. 1a end); 23:2; 25:31; J 19:13 (ἐ. βήματος of Pilate as Jos., Bell. 2, 172; of Jesus Just., A I, 35, 6). κρεμαννύναι ἐ. ξύλου hang on a tree (i.e. cross) (Gen 40:19; cp. Just., D. 86, 6 σταυρωθῆναι ἐ. τοῦ ξύλου) Ac 5:30; 10:39; cp. Gal 3:13 (Dt 21:23).

ⓑ w. acc.

α. specifying direction (En 24:2 ἐ. νότον ‘southward’ of position of the mountain) of motion that takes a particular direction, to, toward ἐκτείνας τ. χεῖρα ἐ. τοὺς μαθητάς Mt 12:49; cp. Lk 22:53 (JosAs 12:8). πορεύεσθαι ἐ. τὸ ἀπολωλός go after the one that is lost 15:4. ἐ. τὴν ῏Ασσον in the direction of Assos Ac 20:13. ἐπιστρέφειν ἐ. τι turn to someth. 2 Pt 2:22 (cp. Pr 26:11; En 99:5). ὡς ἐ. λῃστήν as if against a robber Mt 26:55; Mk 14:48; Lk 22:52.

β. from one point to another across, over w. motion implied (Hom.+; LXX) περιπατεῖν, ἐλθεῖν ἐ. τ. θάλασσαν or ἐ. τ. ὕδατα Mt 14:25, 28f; J 6:19 P⁷⁵. Of spreading across the land (PsSol 17:10): famine Ac 7:11; 11:28; darkness Mt 27:45; Lk 23:44. ἐ. σταδίους δώδεκα χιλιάδων across twelve thousand stades Rv 21:16 v.l. (Polyaenus 5, 44, 4 ἐ. στάδια δέκα); ἐ. πλεῖον further (1 Esdr 2:24; 2 Macc 10:27) Ac 4:17.

γ. of goal attained (Hom. et al.; LXX) on, upon someone or someth. πέσατε ἐφʼ ἡμᾶς Lk 23:30 (Hos 10:8). ἔπεσεν ἐ. τὰ πετρώδη Mt 13:5; cp. Lk 13:4. ἔρχεσθαι ἐ. τινα come upon someone Mt 3:16; also καταβαίνειν fr. above J 1:33; cp. Rv 16:21. ἀναβαίνειν (Jos., Ant. 13, 138; Just., A II, 12, 7) Lk 5:19. ἐπιβαίνειν Mt 21:5 (Zech 9:9).—Ac 2:3; 9:4 al.; διασωθῆναι ἐ. τ. γῆν be brought safely to the land 27:44; cp. vs. 43; Lk 8:27. ἐ. τὸ πλοῖον to the ship Ac 20:13. ἀναπεσεῖν ἐ. τὴν γῆν lie down or sit down on the ground Mt 15:35. ἔρριψεν αὐτὸν χαμαὶ ἐ. τὸν σάκκον he threw himself down on the sackcloth GJs 13:1. τιθέναι τι ἐ. τι put someth. on someth. (JosAs 16:11) Mt 5:15; Lk 11:33; Mk 8:25 v.l.; likew. ἐπιτιθέναι (JosAs 29:5) Mt 23:4; Mk 8:25; Lk 15:5; J 9:6, 15; Ac 15:10. ἐπιβάλλειν τ. χεῖρας ἐ. τινα (Gen 22:12 al.) Mt 26:50; Lk 21:12; Ac 5:18. Mainly after verbs of placing, laying, putting, bringing, etc. on, to: ἀναβιβάζω, ἀναφέρω, βάλλω, γράφω, δίδωμι, ἐγγίζω, ἐπιβιβάζω, ἐπιγράφω, ἐποικοδομέω, ἐπιρ(ρ)ίπτω, θεμελιόω, ἵστημι, κατάγω, οἰκοδομέω, σωρεύω; s. these entries. Sim. βρέχειν ἐ. τινα cause rain to fall upon someone Mt 5:45 (cp. PsSol 17:18); also τ. ἥλιον ἀνατέλλειν ἐ. τινα cause the sun to rise so that its rays fall upon someone *ibid. τύπτειν τινὰ ἐ. τὴν σιαγόνα strike on the cheek Lk 6:29. πίπτειν ἐ. (τὸ) πρόσωπον (Jdth 14:6) on the face Mt 17:6; 26:39; Lk 5:12; 17:16; 1 Cor 14:25; Rv 7:11.—To, upon w. acc. of thing πορεύεσθαι ἐ. τὴν ὁδόν go to the road Ac 8:26; cp. 9:11. ἐ. τὰς διεξόδους Mt 22:9. ἵνα μὴ πνέῃ ἄνεμος ἐ. πᾶν δένδρον so that no wind should blow upon any tree Rv 7:1.

δ. of closeness to someth. or someone to, up to, in the neighborhood of, on ἐ. τὸ μνημεῖον up to the tomb Mk 16:2; Lk 24:1 v.l., 22, 24; cp. ἐ. τὸ μνῆμα Mk 16:2 v.l.; Lk 24:1. ἔρχεσθαι ἐ. τι ὕδωρ come to some water Ac 8:36. ἐ. τὴν πύλην τὴν σιδηρᾶν to the iron gate 12:10. καταβαίνειν ἐ. τὴν θάλασσαν go down to the sea J 6:16. ἐ. τὸν Ἰορδάνην Mt 3:13 (Just., D. 88, 3 al.). ἀναπίπτειν ἐ. τὸ στῆθος he leaned back on (Jesus’) breast J 13:25; 21:20. πίπτειν ἐ. τοὺς πόδας fall at (someone’s) feet Ac 10:25 (JosAs 14:10 ἔπεσεν ἐ πρόσωπον ἐ. τοὺς πόδας αὐτοῦ). ἐ. τ. ἀκάνθας among the thorns Mt 13:7.—W. acc. of pers. to someone ἐ. τὸν Ἰησοῦν ἐλθόντες they came to Jesus J 19:33; cp. Mt 27:27; Mk 5:21.

ε. in imagery of goal or objective to, toward (Just., A II, 7, 6 ἐπʼ ἀμφότερα τρέπεσθαι) ἐπιστρέφειν, ἐπιστρέφεσθαι ἐ. τινα turn to (Dt 30:10; 31:20 al.; Ar. 2, 1 ἔλθωμεν καὶ ἐ. τὸ ἀνθρώπινον γένος ‘let us now turn to …’; Just., D. 56, 11 ἐ. τὰς γραφὰς ἐπανελθών) Lk 1:17; Ac 9:35; 11:21; 14:15; 26:20; Gal 4:9; 1 Pt 2:25.

⑤ marker of manner, corresponding to an adv., w. dat. (Aeschyl., Suppl. 628 ἐπʼ ἀληθείᾳ; UPZ 162 VI, 3 [117 B.C.] κακοτρόπως καὶ ἐ. ῥαδιουργίᾳ; POxy 237 VI, 21 ἐ. τῇ τῶν ἀνθρ. σωτηρίᾳ; ἐφʼ ὁράσει En 14:8; Just., A I, 9, 3 ἐφʼ ὕβρει; 55, 7 ἐ. τούτῳ τῷ σχήματι ‘in this form’; Tat. 17, 1 ἐπʼ ἀκριβείᾳ; Ath. 33, 2 ἐφʼ ἑνὶ γάμῳ) ὁ σπείρων ἐπʼ εὐλογίαις (in contrast to ὁ σπείρων φειδομένως one who sows sparingly) one who sows in blessing (i.e. generously) 2 Cor 9:6. ἐπʼ εὐλογίαις θερίζειν reap generously ibid.

⑥ marker of basis for a state of being, action, or result, on, w. dat. (Hom. et al.)

ⓐ ἐπʼ ἄρτῳ ζῆν live on bread Mt 4:4; Lk 4:4 (both Dt 8:3. cp. Ps.-Pla., Alcib. 1, 105c; Plut., Mor. 526d; Alciphron 3, 7, 5; SibOr 4, 154). ἐ. τῷ ῥήματί σου depending on your word Lk 5:5. οὐ συνῆκαν ἐ. τοῖς ἄρτοις they did not arrive at an understanding (of it) (by reflecting) on (the miracle of) the loaves Mk 6:52 (cp. Demosth. 18, 121 τί σαυτὸν οὐκ ἐλλεβορίζεις ἐ. τούτοις [sc. λόγοις];=why do you not come to an understanding concerning these words?). ἐ. τῇ πίστει on the basis of faith Ac 3:16; Phil 3:9. ἐπʼ ἐλπίδι on the basis of hope, supporting itself on hope Ac 2:26 (? s. ἐλπίς 1bα); Ro 4:18; 8:20; 1 Cor 9:10; Tit 1:2.—Ac 26:6 ἐπʼ ἐλπίδι gives the basis of the trial at law, as does ἐ. εὐεργεσίᾳ 4:9. ἀπολύειν τ. γυναῖκα ἐ. πορνείᾳ Mt 19:9 (cp. Dio Chrys. 26 [43], 10 ἀπολύειν ἐπʼ ἀργυρίῳ; Ath. 2, 3 κρίνεσθαι … μὴ ἐ. τῷ ὀνόματι, ἐ. δὲ τῷ ἀδικήματι). γυναικὸς ἐ. πόλλαις ἁμαρτίαις διαβληθείσης Papias (2:17). On the basis of the testimony of two witnesses (cp. Appian, Iber. 79 §343 ἤλεγχον ἐ. μάρτυσι) Hb 10:28 (Dt 17:6); sim. use of ἐ. τινί on the basis of someth.: 8:6; 9:10, 15 (here it may also be taken in the temporal sense; s. 18 below), 17. ἁμαρτάνειν ἐ. τῷ ὁμοιώματι τ. παραβάσεως Ἀδάμ Ro 5:14 (ὁμοίωμα 1). δαπανᾶν ἐ. τινι pay the expenses for someone Ac 21:24. ἀρκεῖσθαι ἐ. τινι be content w. someth. 3J 10.

ⓑ w. verbs of believing, hoping, trusting: πεποιθέναι (Wsd 3:9; Sus 35; 1 Macc 10:71; 2 Macc 7:40 and oft.) Lk 11:22; 18:9; 2 Cor 1:9; Hb 2:13 (2 Km 22:3). πιστεύειν Lk 24:25; Ro 9:33; 10:11; 1 Pt 2:6 (the last three Is 28:16). ἐλπίζειν (2 Macc 2:18; Sir 34:7) Ro 15:12 (Is 11:10); 1 Ti 4:10; 6:17; cp. 1J 3:3. παρρησιάζεσθαι Ac 14:3.

ⓒ after verbs which express feelings, opinions, etc.: at, because of, from, with (Hom. et al.) διαταράσσεσθαι Lk 1:29. ἐκθαυμάζειν Mk 12:17. ἐκπλήσσεσθαι Mt 7:28; Mk 1:22; Lk 4:32; Ac 13:12. ἐξίστασθαι (Jdth 11:16; Wsd 5:2 al.) Lk 2:47. ἐπαισχύνεσθαι (Is 1:29) Ro 6:21. εὐφραίνεσθαι (Sir 16:1; 18:32; 1 Macc 11:44) Rv 18:20. θαμβεῖσθαι Mk 10:24; cp. Lk 5:9; Ac 3:10. θαυμάζειν (Lev 26:32; Jdth 10:7 al.; Jos., Ant. 10, 277) Mk 12:17 v.l. μακροθυμεῖν (Sir 18:11; 29:8; 35:19) Mt 18:26, 29; Lk 18:7; Js 5:7. μετανοεῖν (Plut., Ag. 803 [19, 5]; Ps.-Lucian, Salt. 84; Prayer of Manasseh [=Odes 12] 7; Just., A I, 61, 10; D. 95, 3 al.) 2 Cor 12:21. ὀδυνᾶσθαι (cp. Tob 6:15) Ac 20:38. ὀργίζεσθαι Rv 12:17. σπλαγχνίζεσθαι Mt 14:14; Lk 7:13. συλλυπεῖσθαι Mk 3:5. στυγνάζειν 10:22. χαίρειν (PEleph 13, 3; Jos., Ant. 1, 294; Tob 13:15; Bar 4:33; JosAs 4:2; Ar. 15, 7) Mt 18:13; Lk 1:14; 13:17; Ro 16:19 al. χαρὰν καὶ παράκλησιν ἔχειν Phlm 7. χαρὰ ἔσται Lk 15:7; cp. vs. 10 (Jos., Ant. 6, 116 ἡ ἐ. τῇ νίκῃ χαρά). Also w. verbs that denote aroused feelings παραζηλοῦν and παροργίζειν make jealous and angry at Ro 10:19 (Dt 32:21). παρακαλεῖν 1 Th 3:7a (cp. Just., D. 78:8 παράκλησιν ἐχουσῶν ἐ.), as well as those verbs that denote an expression of the emotions ἀγαλλιᾶσθαι (cp. Tob 13:15; Ps 69:5) Lk 1:47; Hs 8, 1, 18; 9, 24, 2. καυχᾶσθαι (Diod S 16, 70; Sir 30:2) Ro 5:2. κοπετὸν ποιεῖν (cp. 3 Macc 4:3) Ac 8:2. ὀλολύζειν Js 5:1. αἰνεῖν (cp. X., An. 3, 1, 45 al.) Lk 2:20. δοξάζειν (Polyb. 6, 53, 10; cp. Diod S 17, 21, 4 δόξα ἐ. ἀνδρείᾳ=fame because of bravery) Ac 4:21; 2 Cor 9:13. εὐχαριστεῖν give thanks for someth. (s. εὐχαριστέω 2; UPZ 59, 10 [168 B.C.] ἐ. τῷ ἐρρῶσθαί σε τ. θεοῖς εὐχαρίστουν) 1 Cor 1:4; cp. 2 Cor 9:15; 1 Th 3:9.—ἐφʼ ᾧ = ἐπὶ τούτῳ ὅτι for this reason that, because (Diod S 19, 98; Appian, Bell. Civ. 1, 112 §520; Ael. Aristid. 53 p. 640 D.; Synes., Ep. 73 p. 221c; Damasc., Vi. Isid. 154; Syntipas p. 12, 9; 127, 8; Thomas Mag. ἐφʼ ᾧ ἀντὶ τοῦ διότι; cp. W-S. §24, 5b and 12f. S. WKümmel, D. Bild des Menschen im NT ’48, 36–40) Ro 5:12 (SLyonnet, Biblica 36, ’55, 436–56 [denies a causal sense here]. On the probability of commercial idiom s. FDanker, FGingrich Festschr. ’72, 104f, also Ro 5:12, Sin under Law: NTS 14, ’68, 424–39; against him SPorter, TynBull 41, ’90, 3–30, also NTS 39, ’93, 321–33; difft. JFitzmyer, Anchor Bible Comm.: Romans, ad loc. ‘w. the result that all have sinned’); 2 Cor 5:4; Phil 3:12; for, indeed 4:10.

⑦ marker of addition to what is already in existence, to, in addition to. W. dat. (Hom. et al.; PEleph 5, 17 [284/283 B.C.] μηνὸς Τῦβι τρίτῃ ἐπʼ εἰκάδι; Tob 2:14; Sir 3:27; 5:5) προσέθηκεν τοῦτο ἐ. πᾶσιν he added this to everything else Lk 3:20 (cp. Lucian, Luct. [On Funerals], 24). ἐ. τ. παρακλήσει ἡμῶν in addition to our comfort 2 Cor 7:13. λύπη ἐ. λύπῃ grief upon grief Phil 2:27 v.l. (cp. Soph., Oed. C. 544, also Polyb. 1, 57, 1 πληγὴ ἐ. πληγῇ; Plut., Mor. 123f; Polyaenus 5, 52 ἐ. φόνῳ φόνον; Quint. Smyrn. 5, 602 ἐ. πένθει πένθος=sorrow upon sorrow; Sir 26:15). ἐ. τῇ σῇ εὐχαριστίᾳ to your prayer of thanks 1 Cor 14:16. So perh. also Hb 8:1. ἐ. πᾶσι τούτοις to all these Col 3:14; Lk 16:26 v.l. (X., Mem. 1, 2, 25 al.; Sir 37:15; cp. 1 Macc 10:42; Just., D. 133, 1 ἐ. τούτοις πᾶσι).—W. acc.: addition to someth. of the same kind Mt 6:27; Lk 12:25; Rv 22:18a. λύπην ἐ. λύπην sorrow upon sorrow Phil 2:27 (cp. Is 28:10, 13; Ezk 7:26; Ps 68:28).

⑧ marker of perspective, in consideration of, in regard to, on the basis of, concerning, about, w. gen. (Antig. Car. 164 ἐ. τῶν οἴνων ἀλλοιοῦσθαι; 4 Macc. 2:9 ἐ. τῶν ἑτέρων … ἔστιν ἐπιγνῶναι τοῦτο, ὅτι …; Ath. 29, 2 τὰ ἐ. τῆς μανίας πάθη) ἐ. δύο ἢ τριῶν μαρτύρων on the evidence of two or three witnesses 1 Ti 5:19 (cp. TestAbr A 13 p. 92, 22ff. [Stone p. 32]). Sim. in the expr. ἐ. στόματος δύο μαρτύρων (Dt 19:15) Mt 18:16; 2 Cor 13:1. ἐπʼ αὐτῆς on the basis of it Hb 7:11. ἐπʼ ἀληθείας based on truth = in accordance w. truth, truly (Demosth. 18, 17 ἐπʼ ἀληθείας οὐδεμιᾶς εἰρημένα; POxy 255, 16 [48 A.D.]; Da 2:8; Tob 8:7; En 104:11) Mk 12:14, 32; Lk 4:25; 20:21; Ac 4:27. ἐφʼ ἑαυτοῦ based on himself = to or by himself (X., An. 2, 4, 10; Demosth. 18, 224 ἐκρίνετο ἐφʼ ἑαυτοῦ; Dionys. Hal., Comp. Verb. 16 ἐ. σεαυτοῦ. Cp. Kühner-G. I 498e) 2 Cor 10:7.—To introduce the object which is to be discussed or acted upon λέγειν ἐ. τινος speak of, about someth. (Pla., Charm., 155d, Leg. 2, 662d; Isocr. 6, 41; Aelian, VH 1, 30; Jer 35:8; EpArist 162; 170; Ath. 5:1 ἐ. τοῦ νοητοῦ … δογματίζειν) Gal 3:16. Do someth. on, in the case of (cp. 1 Esdr 1:22) σημεῖα ποιεῖν ἐ. τῶν ἀσθενούντων work miracles on the sick J 6:2.—On B 13:6 s. τίθημι 1bζ.—In ref. to someth. (Aristot., Pol. 1280a, 17; 4 Macc 12:5 τῶν ἐ. τῆς βασιλείας … πραγμάτων; Just., A I, 5, 1 ἐφʼ ἡμῶν ‘in our case’, D. 131, 4; Ath. 15, 3 ἐ. τῆς ὕλης καὶ τοῦ θεοῦ ‘as respects God and matter, so …’) ἐ. τινων δεῖ ἐγκρατεύεσθαι in certain matters one must practice self-control Hm 8:1. οὔτε … οἴδασι τὸν ἐ. τοῦ πυροῦ σπόρον nor do they comprehend (the figurative sense of) the sowing of wheat AcPlCor 2:26 (cp. 1 Cor 15:36f).

⑨ marker of power, authority, control of or over someone or someth., over

ⓐ w. gen. (Hdt. 5, 109 al.; Mitt-Wilck. I/1, 124, 1=BGU 1120, 1 [5 B.C.] πρωτάρχῳ ἐ. τοῦ κριτηρίου; 287, 1; LXX; AscIs 2:5 τοῦ ἐ. τῶν πραγματε[ι] ῶν=Denis p. 109) βασιλεύειν ἐ. τινος (Judg 9:8, 10; 1 Km 8:7) Rv 5:10. ἔχειν βασιλείαν ἐ. τῶν βασιλέων 17:18. ἐξουσίαν ἔχειν ἐ. τινος have power over someone 20:6. διδόναι ἐξουσίαν ἐ. τινος 2:26. καθιστάναι τινὰ ἐ. τινος set someone over, put someone in charge, of someth. or someone (Pla., Rep. 5, 460b; Demosth. 18, 118; Gen 39:4f; 1 Macc 6:14; 10:37; 2 Macc 12:20 al.; EpArist 281; τεταγμένος En 20:5) Mt 24:45; Lk 12:42; Ac 6:3. εἶναι ἐ. τινος (Synes., Ep. 79 p. 224d; Tob 1:22; Jdth 14:13; 1 Macc 10:69) ὸ̔ς ἦν ἐ. πάσης τῆς γάζης αὐτῆς who was in charge of all her treasure 8:27. Of God ὁ ὢν ἐ. πάντων (Apollonius of Tyana [I A.D.] in Eus., PE 4, 13) Ro 9:5; cp. Eph 4:6. ὁ ἐ. τινος w. ὤν to be supplied (Demosth. 18, 247 al.; Diod S 13, 47, 6; Plut., Pyrrh. 385 [5, 7], Aemil. Paul. 267 [23, 6]; PTebt 5, 88 [118 B.C.] ὁ ἐ. τ. προσόδων; 1 Macc 6:28; 2 Macc 3:7; 3 Macc 6:30 al.; EpArist 110; 174) ὁ ἐ. τοῦ κοιτῶνος the chamberlain Ac 12:20.

ⓑ w dat. (X., Cyr. 1, 2, 5; 2, 4, 25 al., An. 4, 1, 13; Demosth. 19, 113; Aeschines 2, 73; Esth 8:12e; Just., A II, 5, 2 ἀγγέλοις οὓς ἐ. τούτοις ἔταξε; cp. Ath. 24, 3; Ath. 6, 4 τὸν ἐ. τῇ κινήσει τοῦ σώματος λόγον) Mt 24:47; Lk 12:44.

ⓒ w. acc. (X., Hell. 3, 4, 20 al.; Dionys. Byz. §56 θεῷ ἐ. πάντα δύναμις; LXX; PsSol 17:3, 32) βασιλεύειν ἐ. τινα rule over someone (Gen 37:8; Judg 9:15 B al.) Lk 1:33; 19:14, 27; Ro 5:14. καθιστάναι τινὰ ἐ. τινα set someone over someone (X., Cyr. 4, 5, 58) κριτὴν ἐφʼ ὑμᾶς as judge over you Lk 12:14; ἡγούμενον ἐπʼ Αἴγυπτον Ac 7:10; cp. Hb 2:7 v.l. (Ps 8:7); 3:6; 10:21. ἐξουσίαν ἔχειν ἐ. τι Rv 16:9. ἐξουσίαν διδόναι ἐ. τι (Sir 33:20) Lk 9:1; 10:19; Rv 6:8; cp. 22:14. φυλάσσειν φυλακὰς ἐ. τι Lk 2:8 (cp. En 100:5). ὑπεραίρεσθαι ἐ. τινα exalt oneself above someone 2 Th 2:4 (cp. Da 11:36); but here the mng. against is also poss. (s. 12b below). πιστὸς ἐ. τι faithful over someth. Mt 25:21, 23.

⑩ marker of legal proceeding, before, w. acc. in the lang. of the law-courts ἐ. ἡγεμόνας καὶ βασιλεῖς ἄγεσθαι be brought before governors and kings Mt 10:18; cp. Lk 21:12 (cp. BGU 22, 36 [114 A.D.] ἀξιῶ ἀκθῆναι [=ἀχθῆναι] τ. ἐνκαλουμένους ἐ. σὲ πρὸς δέουσαν ἐπέξοδον; Just., A II, 2, 12 ἐ. Οὔρβικον). ὑπάγεις ἐπʼ ἄρχοντα you are going before the magistrate Lk 12:58; cp. Ac 16:19. ἤγαγον αὐτὸν ἐ. τὸν Πιλᾶτον Lk 23:1. ἐ. τοὺς ἀρχιερεῖς Ac 9:21. ἐ. Καίσαρα πορεύεσθαι come before the emperor 25:12. ἐ. τὰς συναγωγάς Lk 12:11. ἐ. τὸ βῆμα Ac 18:12. Cp. 3 above. Here the focus is on transfer to the judiciary.

⑪ marker of purpose, goal, result, to, for, w. acc. (Demetr.: 722 Fgm. 2, 3 Jac. ἐ. κατοικίαν) ἐ. τὸ βάπτισμα for baptism=to have themselves baptized Mt 3:7 (cp. Just., A I, 61, 10 ἐ. τὸ λουτρόν; D. 56, 1 ἐ. τὴν … κρίσιν πεμφθεῖσι). ἐ. τὴν θεωρίαν ταύτην for (i.e. to see) this sight Lk 23:48 (sim. Hom. et al.; POxy 294, 18 [22 A.D.]; LXX; Tat. 23, 2 ἐ. τὴν θέαν). ἐ. τὸ συμφέρον to (our) advantage Hb 12:10 (cp. Tat. 6, 1; 34, 2 οὐκ ἐ. τι χρήσιμον ‘to no purpose’). ἐ. σφαγήν Ac 8:32 (Is 53:7); cp. Mt 22:5; ἐ. τ. τελειότητα Hb 6:1. ἐ. τοῦτο for this (X., An. 2, 5, 22; Jos., Ant. 12, 23) Lk 4:43. ἐφʼ ὅ; for what (reason)? Mt 26:50 v.l. (s. ὅς 1bα and 1iβ). Cp. 16.

⑫ marker of hostile opposition, against

ⓐ w. dat. (Hom. et al.; 2 Macc 13:19; Sir 28:23 v.l.; fig. Ath. 22, 7 τοὺς ἐπʼ αὐτοῖς λόγους ‘counter-evidence’) Lk 12:52f (s. use of acc. b below); Ac 11:19. Cp. J 8:7 v.l. (1bβ above).

ⓑ w. acc. (Hdt. 1, 71; X., Hell. 3, 4, 20 al.; Jos., Ant. 13, 331; LXX; En; TestJud 3:1 al.; JosAs 19:2; Just., D. 103, 7; Tat. 36, 2) ὥρμησαν ἐ. αὐτόν Ac 7:57. ἔρχεσθαι Lk 14:31. ἐπαναστήσονται τέκνα ἐ. γονεῖς Mt 10:21; Mk 13:12; cp. ἔθνος ἐ. ἔθνος Mt 24:7; Mk 13:8. ἐφʼ ἑαυτόν divided against himself Mt 12:26; Mk 3:24f, 26; Lk 11:17f; cp. J 13:18 (s. Ps 40:10); Ac 4:27; 13:50 al.—Lk 12:53 (4 times; the first and third occurrences w. the acc. are prob. influenced by usage in Mic 7:6; the use of the dat. Lk 12:52f [s. a above] w. a verb expressing a circumstance is in accord with older Gk. [Il. et al.], which prefers the acc. with verbs of motion in ref. to hostility). Cp. 15.

⑬ marker of number or measure, w. acc. (Hdt. et. al.; LXX; GrBar 3:6) ἐ. τρίς (CIG 1122, 9; PHolm α18) three times Ac 10:16; 11:10. So also ἐ. πολύ more than once Hm 4, 1, 8. ἐ. πολύ (also written ἐπιπολύ) in a different sense to a great extent, carefully (Hdt., Thu. et al.; Lucian, D. Deor. 6, 2; 25, 2; 3 Macc 5:17; Jos., Ant. 17, 107) B 4:1. ἐ. πλεῖον to a greater extent, further (Hdt., Thu. et al.; Diod S 11, 60, 5 al.; prob. 2 Macc 12:36; TestGad 7:2; Ar. 4, 3; Ath. 7, 1 ἐ. το πλεῖστον) 2 Ti 3:9; 1 Cl 18:3 (Ps 50:4). ἐ. τὸ χεῖρον 2 Ti 3:13. ἐφʼ ὅσον to the degree that, in so far as (Diod S 1, 93, 2; Maximus Tyr. 11, 3c ἐφʼ ὅσον δύναται; Hierocles 14 p. 451) Mt 25:40, 45; B 4:11; 17:1; Ro 11:13.

⑭ marker indicating the one to whom, for whom, or about whom someth. is done, to, on, about

ⓐ w. dat. πράσσειν τι ἐ. τινι do someth. to someone Ac 5:35 (thus Appian, Bell. Civ. 3, 15 §51; cp. δρᾶν τι ἐ. τινι Hdt. 3, 14; Aelian, NA 11, 11); about γεγραμμένα ἐπʼ αὐτῷ J 12:16 (cp. Hdt. 1, 66). προφητεύειν ἐ. τινι Rv 10:11. μαρτυρεῖν bear witness about Hb 11:4; Rv 22:16. ἐ. σοὶ … φανερώσει κύριος τὸ λύτρον the Lord will reveal the salvation to you GJs 7:2.

ⓑ w. acc.

α. ὁ ἄνθρωπος ἐφʼ ὸ̔ν γεγόνει τὸ σημεῖον the man on whom the miracle had been performed Ac 4:22 (cp. Just., D. 128, 1 κρίσεως γεγενημένης ἐ. Σόδομα). ἐφʼ ὸ̔ν λέγεται ταῦτα the one about whom this was said Hb 7:13 (cp. ἐ. πόρρω οὖσαν [γενεὰν] ἐγὼ λαλῶ En 1:2). γέγραπται ἐπʼ αὐτόν Mk 9:12f; cp. Ro 4:9; 1 Ti 1:18; βάλλειν κλῆρον ἐ. τι for someth. Mk 15:24; J 19:24 (Ps 21:19). ἀνέβη ὁ κλῆρος ἐ. Συμεών the lot came up in favor of Simeon GJs 24:4.

β. of powers, conditions, etc., which come upon someone or under whose influence someone is: on, upon, to, over ἐγένετο ῥῆμα θεοῦ ἐ. Ἰωάννην the word of God came to John Lk 3:2 (cp. Jer 1:1). Of divine blessings (cp. En 1:8; ParJer 5:28) Mt 10:13; 12:28; Lk 10:6; 11:20; cp. 10:9; Ac 10:10. ἵνα ἐπισκηνώσῃ ἐπʼ ἐμὲ ἡ δύναμις τ. Χριστοῦ that the power of Christ may rest upon me 2 Cor 12:9. χάρις θεοῦ ἦν ἐπʼ αὐτό Lk 2:40. Various verbs are used in ref. to the Holy Spirit, either in pass. or act. role, in connection w. ἐ. τινα: ἐκχεῖν Ac 2:17f (Jo 3:1f); cp. 10:45; Tit 3:6. ἀποστέλλειν (ἐξαποστέλλειν v.l.) Lk 24:49. ἐπέρχεσθαι 1:35; Ac 1:8 (Just., D. 87, 3; cp. ἔρχεσθαι A I, 33, 6; D. 49, 7 ἀπὸ τοῦ Ἠλίου ἐ. τὸν Ἰωάννην ἐλθεῖν). ἐπιπίπτειν 10:44. καταβαίνειν Lk 3:22; J 1:33. τίθεσθαι Mt 12:18 (cp. Is 42:1). Also εἶναι Lk 2:25. μένειν J 1:32f. ἀναπαύεσθαι 1 Pt 4:14. Of unpleasant or startling experiences Lk 1:12, 65; 4:36; Ac 13:11; 19:17; Rv 11:11.—Lk 19:43; 21:35, cp. vs. 34; J 18:4; Eph 5:6; cp. Rv 3:3.—Ro 2:2, 9; 15:3 (Ps 68:10). Of the blood of the righteous, that comes over or upon the murderers Mt 23:35; 27:25; Ac 5:28. Of care, which one casts on someone else 1 Pt 5:7 (Ps 54:23).

⑮ marker of feelings directed toward someone, in, on, for, toward, w. acc., after words that express belief, trust, hope: πιστεύειν ἐ. τινα, w. acc. (Wsd 12:2; Just., D. 16:4 al.) Ac 9:42; 11:17; 16:31; 22:19; Ro 4:24. πίστις Hb 6:1. πεποιθέναι (Is 58:14) Mt 27:43; 2 Th 3:4; 2 Cor 2:3. ἐλπίζειν (1 Ch 5:20; 2 Ch 13:18 al.; PsSol 9:10; 17:3; Just., D. 16:4 al.) 1 Pt 1:13; 1 Ti 5:5. After words that characterize an emotion or its expression: for κόπτεσθαι (Zech 12:10) Rv 1:7; 18:9. κλαίειν Lk 23:28; Rv 18:9 (cp. JosAs 15:9 χαρήσεται ἐ. σέ). σπλαγχνίζεσθαι Mt 15:32; Mk 8:2; 9:22; Hm 4, 3, 5; Hs 9, 24, 2. χρηστός toward Lk 6:35. χρηστότης Ro 11:22; Eph 2:7; cp. Ro 9:23. Esp. also if the feelings or their expressions are of a hostile nature: toward, against (cp. λοιδορεῖν Just., D. 137, 2) ἀποτομία Ro 11:22. μαρτύριον Lk 9:5. μάρτυς ἐ. τ. ἐμὴν ψυχήν a witness against my soul (cp. Dssm., LO 258; 355 [LAE 304; 417]) 2 Cor 1:23. ἀσχημονεῖν 1 Cor 7:36. μοιχᾶσθαι Mk 10:11. τολμᾶν 2 Cor 10:2 (En 7:4). βρύχειν τ. ὀδόντας Ac 7:54. Cp. 12.

⑯ marker of object or purpose, with dat. in ref. to someth. (Hom., Thu. et al.; SIG 888, 5 ἐ. τῇ τῶν ἀνθρ. σωτηρίᾳ; PTebt 44, 6 [114 B.C.] ὄντος μου ἐ. θεραπείᾳ ἐν τῷ Ἰσιείω; LXX; TestJob 3:5 ὁ ἐ. τῇ σωτηρίᾳ τῆς ἐμῆς ψυχῆς ἐλθών; Jos., Ant. 5, 101; Just., A I, 29, 1 ἐ. παίδων ἀναστροφῇ; D. 91, 4 ἐ. σωτηρίᾳ τῶν πιστευόντων) καλείν τινα ἐ. τινι call someone for someth. Gal 5:13 (on ἐπʼ ἐλευθερίᾳ cp. Demosth. 23, 124; [59], 32); ἐ. ἀκαθαρσίᾳ for impurity, i.e. so that we should be impure 1 Th 4:7. κτισθέντες ἐ. ἔργοις ἀγαθοῖς for good deeds Eph 2:10. λογομαχεῖν ἐ. καταστροφῇ τῶν ἀκουόντων for the ruin of those who hear 2 Ti 2:14 (cp. Eur., Hipp. 511; X., Mem. 2, 3, 19 ἐ. βλάβη; Hdt. 1, 68 ἐ. κακῷ ἀνθρώπου; Polyb. 27, 7, 13 and PGM 4, 2440 ἐπʼ ἀγαθῷ=‘for good’). Cp. 11.

⑰ marker in idiom of authorization, w. dat.: the formula ἐ. τῷ ὀνοματί τινος, in the name of someone, used w. many verbs (Just., D. 39, 6 w. γίνεσθαι, otherw. ἐ. ὀνόματος, e.g. A I, 61, 13; w. διὰ τοῦ ὀ. and in oaths κατὰ τοῦ ὀ. A II, 6, 6, D. 30, 3; 85, 2.—Ath. 23, 1 ἐ. ὀνόματι εἰδώλων.—ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι LXX; JosAs 9:1), focuses on the authorizing function of the one named in the gen. (cp. WHeitmüller [‘Im Namen Jesu’ 1903, 13ff], ‘in connection with, or by the use of, i.e. naming, or calling out, or calling upon the name’ [88]): βαπτίζειν Ac 2:38. δέχεσθαί τινα Mt 18:5; Mk 9:37; Lk 9:48. διδάσκειν Ac 4:18; 5:28. δύναμιν ποιεῖν Mk 9:39. ἐκβάλλειν δαιμόνια Lk 9:49 v.l. ἔρχεσθαι Mt 24:5; Mk 13:6; Lk 21:8. κηρύσσειν 24:47. λαλεῖν Ac 4:17; 5:40. Semantically divergent from the preceding, but formulaically analogous, is καλεῖν τινα ἐ. τῷ ὀν. τινος name someone after someone (2 Esdr 17:63) Lk 1:59.—ὄνομα 1dγג.—M-M.

⑱ marker of temporal associations, in the time of, at, on, for

ⓐ w. gen., time within which an event or condition takes place (Hom.+) in the time of, under (kings or other rulers): in the time of Elisha Lk 4:27 (cp. Just., D. 46, 6 ἐ. Ἠλίου). ἐ. τῆς μετοικεσίας at the time of the exile Mt 1:11. Under=during the rule or administration of (Hes., Op. 111; Hdt. 6, 98 al.; OGI 90, 15; PAmh 43, 2 [173 B.C.]; UPZ 162 V, 5 [117 B.C.]; 1 Esdr 2:12; 1 Macc 13:42; 2 Macc 15:22; Jos., Ant. 12, 156 ἐ. ἀρχιερέως Ὀ.) ἐ. Ἀβιαθὰρ ἀρχιερέως under, in the time of, Abiathar the high priest Mk 2:26. ἐ. ἀρχιερέως Ἅννα καὶ Καιάφα Lk 3:2. ἐ. Κλαυδίου Ac 11:28 (Just., A I, 26, 2). ἐ. τῶν πατέρων in the time of the fathers 1 Cl 23:3. ἐπʼ ἐσχάτων τῶν ἡμερῶν in the last days (Gen 49:1; Num 24:14; Mi 4:1; Jer 37:24; Da 10:14) 2 Pt 3:3; Hs 9, 12, 3; cp. Hb 1:2. ἐπʼ ἐσχάτου τοῦ χρόνου in the last time Jd 18. ἐπʼ ἐσχάτου τῶν χρόνων at the end of the times/ages 1 Pt 1:20. ἐ. τῶν προσευχῶν μου when I pray, in my prayers (cp. PTebt 58, 31 [111 B.C.] ἐ. τ. διαλόγου, ‘in the discussion’; 4 Macc 15:19 ἐ. τ. βασάνων ‘during the tortures’; Sir 37:29; 3 Macc 5:40; Demetr.: 722, Fgm. 1, 14 Jac. ἐ. τοῦ ἀρίστου; Synes., Ep. 121 p. 258c ἐ. τῶν κοινῶν ἱερῶν) Ro 1:10; Eph 1:16; 1 Th 1:2; Phlm 4.

ⓑ w. dat., time at or during which (Hom. et al.; PTebt 5, 66 [118 B.C.]; PAmh 157; LXX; Just., A I, 13, 3 ἐ. χρόνοις Τίερίου) at, in, at the time of, during: ἐ. τοῖς νῦν χρόνοις in these present times 2 Cl 19:4. ἐ. τῇ πρώτῃ διαθήκῃ at the time of the first covenant Hb 9:15. ἐ. συντελείᾳ τ. αἰώνων at the close of the age 9:26 (Tat. 13, 1 ἐ. ς. τοῦ κόσμου; cp. Sir 22:10 and PLond III, 954, 18 p. 154 [260 A.D.] ἐ. τέλει τ. χρόνου; POxy 275, 20 [66 A.D.] ἐ. συνκλεισμῷ τ. χρόνου; En 27:3 ἐπʼ ἐσχάτοις αἰώσιν). ἐ. τῇ θυσίᾳ at the time of, together with, the sacrifice Phil 2:17. ἐ. πάσῃ τῇ μνείᾳ ὑμῶν at every remembrance of you Phil 1:3. ἐ. παροργισμῷ ὑμῶν during your wrath, i.e. while you are angry Eph 4:26. ἐ. πάσῃ τῇ ἀνάγκῃ in all (our) distress 1 Th 3:7b. ἐ. πάσῃ τῇ θλίψει 2 Cor 1:4. ἐ. τούτῳ in the meanwhile J 4:27 (Lucian, Dial. Deor. 17, 2, cp. Philops. 14 p. 41; Syntipas p. 76, 2 ἐφʼ ἡμέραις ἑπτα; 74, 6).

ⓒ w. acc.

α. answering the question ‘when?’ on: ἐ. τὴν αὔριον (Sb 6011, 14 [I B.C.]; PRyl 441 ἐ. τὴν ἐπαύριον) (on) the next day Lk 10:35; Ac 4:5. ἐ. τὴν ὥραν τ. προσευχῆς at the hour of prayer 3:1 (Polyaenus 8, 17 ἐ. ὥραν ὡρισμένην).

β. answering the qu. ‘how long?’ for, over a period of (Hom. et al.; Mitt-Wilck. II/2, 170, 8=BGU 1058, 9 [13 B.C.]; POxy 275, 9; 15 ἐ. τὸν ὅλον χρόνον; PTebt 381, 19 ἐφʼ ὸ̔ν χρόνον περίεστιν ἡ μήτηρ; LXX; En 106:15; TestJob 30:2 ἐ. ὥρας τρεῖς; TestJud 3:4; TestGad 5:11; Jos., Ant. 11, 2; Just., D. 142, 1 ἐ. ποσόν ‘for awhile’) ἐ. ἔτη τρία for three years (Phlegon: 257 Fgm. 36, 2, 1 Jac.) Lk 4:25. ἐ. τρεῖς ἡμέρας for three days (Diod S 13, 19, 2; Arrian, Anab. 4, 9, 4; GDI 4706, 119 [Thera] ἐπʼ ἀμέρας τρεῖς) GPt 8:30 al. ἐ. ἡμέρας πλείους over a period of many days (Jos., Ant. 4, 277) Ac 13:31.—16:18 (ἐ. πολλὰς ἡμέρας as Appian, Liby. 29 §124; cp. Diod S 3, 16, 4); 17:2; 19:8, 10, 34; 27:20; Hb 11:30. ἐ. χρόνον for a while (cp. Il. 2, 299; Hdt. 9, 22, 1; Apollon. Rhod. 4, 1257; Jos., Vi. 2) Lk 18:4. ἐ. πλείονα χρόνον (Diod S 3, 16, 6; Hero Alex. I p. 344, 17) Ac 18:20. ἐφʼ ὅσον χρόνον as long as Ro 7:1; 1 Cor 7:39; Gal 4:1. Also ἐφʼ ὅσον as long as Mt 9:15; 2 Pt 1:13 (for other mngs. of ἐφʼ ὅσον s. above under 13). ἐφʼ ἱκανόν (sc. χρόνον) for a considerable time (EpArist 109) Ac 20:11. ἐ. χρόνον ἱκανόν Qua. ἐ. πολύ for a long time, throughout a long period of time (Thu. 1, 7; 1, 18, 1; 2, 16, 1 al.; Appian, Liby. 5 §21; Arrian, Cyneg. 23, 1; Lucian, Toxar. 20; Wsd 18:20; Sir 49:13; JosAs 19:3; Jos., Vi. 66: Just., A I, 65, 3) Ac 28:6. ἐ. πλεῖον the same (schol. on Pind., N. 7, 56b; PLille 3, 16 [III B.C.]; Jdth 13:1; Sir prol. l. 7; Jos., Ant. 18, 150) Ac 20:9; any longer (Lucian, D. Deor. 5, 3; Appian, Hann. 54 §227; 3 Macc 5:8; Wsd 8:12; Ath. 12, 3) Ac 24:4; 1 Cl 55:1.

Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > ἐπί
7 delante de

prep.

in front of, before, ahead of.

* * *

before

* * *

= before, in front of

Ex. The hearings before the Royal Commission, including among the witnesses some of the most prominent librarians and scholars of that day, extended from 1847 to 1849.

Ex. Replace the question mark in front of 'quit' with any character to indicate that you have decided not to make the file entry now in progress.

* * *

= before, in front of

Ex: The hearings before the Royal Commission, including among the witnesses some of the most prominent librarians and scholars of that day, extended from 1847 to 1849.

Ex: Replace the question mark in front of 'quit' with any character to indicate that you have decided not to make the file entry now in progress.

* * *

delante de prep

1. (en general) in front of

lo dijo delante de mí he said it in front of me

2. (frente a) outside

aparca la moto delante de casa he parks the motorbike outside the house

por delante de past

pasamos por delante de una librería we went past a bookshop

Spanish-English dictionary > delante de
8 descaro

m.

1 cheek, impertinence.

2 insolence, cheek, brazenness, cynicism.

* * *

descaro

► nombre masculino

1 impudence, cheek, nerve

■ tuvo el descaro de hacer algunas preguntas she had the nerve to ask some questions

\

FRASEOLOGÍA

¡qué descaro! what a cheek!, what a nerve!, of all the cheek!

* * *

noun m.

cheek, nerve

* * *

SM (=insolencia) cheek *, nerve *

tuvo el descaro de decirme que... — he had the cheek o nerve to tell me that... *

¡qué descaro! — what a cheek! *, what a nerve! *

* * *

masculino

qué descaro! — what a nerve!

tergiversan los hechos con un descaro... — they misrepresent the facts so blatantly

* * *

= chutzpah, effrontery, blatancy, shamelessness, impudence, pertness.

Ex. Typical examples are 'Who is it that has made most gramophone records?' 'What is the diameter of a human hair?' Which are the commonest surnames?' 'What was it that Jane Austen said about apple pie?' 'What does ' chutzpah' mean?'.

Ex. This article discusses the use of the term 'chutzpah' by courts suffering various effronteries at the hands of attorneys and even witnesses who appear before them in both criminal and civil matters.

Ex. There is no argument about this, because the blatancy and shamelessness of it are undeniable.

Ex. There is no argument about this, because the blatancy and shamelessness of it are undeniable.

Ex. Because impudence is a vice, it does not follow that modesty is a virtue.

Ex. We were forced to conclude that the girl, with all her pertness, was of a better sort than we had supposed.

----

* con descaro = impudently.

* con todo descaro = shamelessly.

* tener el descaro de = have + the gall to, have + the nerve(s) to, have + the cheek to.

* * *

masculino

qué descaro! — what a nerve!

tergiversan los hechos con un descaro... — they misrepresent the facts so blatantly

* * *

= chutzpah, effrontery, blatancy, shamelessness, impudence, pertness.

Ex: Typical examples are 'Who is it that has made most gramophone records?' 'What is the diameter of a human hair?' Which are the commonest surnames?' 'What was it that Jane Austen said about apple pie?' 'What does ' chutzpah' mean?'.

Ex: This article discusses the use of the term 'chutzpah' by courts suffering various effronteries at the hands of attorneys and even witnesses who appear before them in both criminal and civil matters.

Ex: There is no argument about this, because the blatancy and shamelessness of it are undeniable.

Ex: There is no argument about this, because the blatancy and shamelessness of it are undeniable.

Ex: Because impudence is a vice, it does not follow that modesty is a virtue.

Ex: We were forced to conclude that the girl, with all her pertness, was of a better sort than we had supposed.

* con descaro = impudently.

* con todo descaro = shamelessly.

* tener el descaro de = have + the gall to, have + the nerve(s) to, have + the cheek to.

* * *

descaro

masculine

audacity, nerve ( colloq)

¡qué descaro! entrar así sin pedir permiso what a nerve o ( BrE) cheek, coming in like that without asking!

tergiversan los hechos con un descaro … they misrepresent the facts so blatantly

* * *

Del verbo descararse: ( conjugate descararse)

me descaro es:

1ª persona singular (yo) presente indicativo

se descaró es:

3ª persona singular (él/ella/usted) pretérito indicativo

descaro sustantivo masculino
audacity, nerve (colloq);
◊ ¡qué descaro! what a nerve!

descaro sustantivo masculino cheek, nerve: ¡qué descaro!, what a cheek!

' descaro' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
desvergüenza
- frescura
- jeta
- cara
- morro
- tupé
- valor
English:
gall
- immodesty
- nerve
- sauce
- cheek

* * *

descaro nm

cheek, impertinence;

¡qué descaro!, acudir sin ser invitados what a cheek, coming without being invited!;

se dirigió a su profesor con mucho descaro he spoke to his teacher very cheekily;

mienten con todo el descaro they lie quite shamelessly o brazenly

* * *

descaro

m nerve

* * *

descaro nm

: audacity, nerve

* * *

descaro n cheek / nerve

Spanish-English dictionary > descaro
9 another

[ə'nʌðə(r)] 1.
determinante

1) (an additional) un altro, ancora uno

would you like another drink? — vorresti qualcos'altro da bere?

we have received yet another letter — abbiamo ricevuto ancora un'altra lettera

that will cost you another Ј 5 — questo vi costerà cinque sterline in più

without another word — senza dire altro

in another five weeks — fra altre cinque settimane

it was another ten years before they met again — passarono altri dieci anni prima che si incontrassero di nuovo

and another thing,... — e un'altra cosa

2) (a different) un altro

another time — un'altra volta

he has another job now — adesso fa un altro lavoro

to put it another way... — per dirla in altri termini...

that's quite another matter — è tutt'altra faccenda

3) (new)

another Garbo — una nuova, una seconda Garbo
2.
pronome un altro, un'altra

can I have another? — posso averne un altro?

another of the witnesses said that — un altro dei testimoni ha detto che

one after another — (l')uno dopo l'altro

of one kind or another — di qualche tipo

for one reason or another — per una ragione o per l'altra

in one way or another — in un modo o nell'altro

imagining things is one thing, creating them is quite another — un conto è ideare le cose, un conto è realizzarle

* * *

adjective, pronoun

1) (a different (thing or person): This letter isn't from Tom - it's from another friend of mine; The coat I bought was dirty, so the shop gave me another.) un altro, un'altra

2) ((one) more of the same kind: Have another biscuit!; You didn't tell me you wanted another of those!) un altro, un'altra

* * *
[ə'nʌðə(r)] 1.
determinante

1) (an additional) un altro, ancora uno

would you like another drink? — vorresti qualcos'altro da bere?

we have received yet another letter — abbiamo ricevuto ancora un'altra lettera

that will cost you another Ј 5 — questo vi costerà cinque sterline in più

without another word — senza dire altro

in another five weeks — fra altre cinque settimane

it was another ten years before they met again — passarono altri dieci anni prima che si incontrassero di nuovo

and another thing,... — e un'altra cosa

2) (a different) un altro

another time — un'altra volta

he has another job now — adesso fa un altro lavoro

to put it another way... — per dirla in altri termini...

that's quite another matter — è tutt'altra faccenda

3) (new)

another Garbo — una nuova, una seconda Garbo
2.
pronome un altro, un'altra

can I have another? — posso averne un altro?

another of the witnesses said that — un altro dei testimoni ha detto che

one after another — (l')uno dopo l'altro

of one kind or another — di qualche tipo

for one reason or another — per una ragione o per l'altra

in one way or another — in un modo o nell'altro

imagining things is one thing, creating them is quite another — un conto è ideare le cose, un conto è realizzarle

English-Italian dictionary > another
10 קום

קוּםch. 1) same. Targ. Gen. 22:3. Targ. Lev. 25:30; a. v. fr.Part. קָאֵים, apocop. קָאֵי (q. v.); קָיֵם, קָיֵים; f. קָיְימָא; pl. קָיְימִין; קָיְימָן, קָיְמ׳. Targ. Josh. 4:10. Targ. O. Ex. 26:15 (Y. קַיָּמִין); a. v. fr.B. Mets.19a (expl. דייתיקי) דא תהי למֵיקַםוכ׳ this is to stand and be, that when I die B. Bath.43b bot. ארעא היכא דקָיְימָא תֵיקוּם let the land remain where it is (in the possession of the present incumbent). Gen. R. s. 65 ברייך יְקוּם לך may thy Creator stand by thee. Koh. R. to XI, 1 היידי הוא גברא דקָם ליה עיגוליה here is (I am) the man whom his loaf of bread assisted (who was rewarded for throwing his bread into the sea). Y.Ab. Zar. II, 40c bot. וקָמוּן and they remained (in the trade), v. עֲקַר I. Macc.22b דקָיְימֵי מקמיוכ׳ who stand up before a scroll of the Law and do not stand up before a great man. Kidd.33b קום מקמיה אביך stand up before thy father. Ib. קָאִימְנָא מקמיה, I should stand up before him. Ib. a מֵיקַם לא קָאֵי הידורוכ׳ he stood not up before them (gentile old men), but he showed them honor. B. Mets.7a ברשותיה קָיְימָא it is in his possession. Lev. R. s. 16 (ref. to Is. 5:19) נדע דמן הוא דקיימאוכ׳ that we know whose counsel will stand (prevail), ours or his; ib. לא ק׳ דידי וק׳ דלהון my counsel does not stand, shall theirs stand?; Yalk. Is. 266 הא קָמַת דידהון דידי לא now, theirs is carried out, and mine should not be?; Yalk. Lam. 1033, sq. (read עצא for על); Pesik. Vattom., p. 133a> (corr. acc.). Y.Ter.I, 40b top בחרש אנן קָיְימִין we are standing at (are treating of) the case of a deaf mute. Y.Maasr.I, 51b, a. fr. (ב) מה (א) נן קיימין what are we treating of?; a. v. fr.Yeb.32a וקם ליה באשר לא יבנהוכ׳ (by giving ḥălitsah to one of his brothers widows) he has been declared one ‘who does not build up his brothers house (Deut. 25:9), and the Law says, when one has once refused ‘to build, one must not ‘build again (marry another of his brothers widows); ib. 44a.Shebu.26a כי הוו קיימי מקמיה דרב (Ms. F. מפטרי) when they were out of Rabs sight, opp. כי אתו לקמיה.ק׳ על, also ק׳ ב־ (cmp. עמד) a) to ascertain. Ab. Zar.35b ליכא למֵיקַם עלה דמילתא it cannot be ascertained; a. e.B. Mets.19a קָמוּ … במילתא the Rabbis ascertained the case, v. קִים. Yeb.31a; a. fr.b) to bargain for. Gen. R. s. 11 אנא … קיימין עילויה myself and a certain Jew were bargaining for it (the fish); a. e. קם ליה בדרבה מיניה, v. קִים.תֵּיקוּ, נֵיקוּ = תֵּיקוּם, נֵיקוּם. B. Kam.96a תקנתא לעכ״ום נ׳ ונעביד shall we get up and make rules for the benefit of gentile (robbers)? Zeb.17a כל חדא וחדא ת׳ בדוכתה (not בדוכתיה; Ms. M. תיקום) let each verse stand in its own place, i. e. you can draw no analogies between them.Esp. תיקו let it stand, i. e. the question remains undecided. B. Kam. l. c. Ḥull.46a; a. fr. 2) (v. עָמַד) to curdle. Ab. Zar.35b נישקול מיניה קלי ונֵיקוּם (prob. to be read ונוֹקִים) let one take a little of it and curdle it. Ib. קיימי, v. נַסְיוּבֵי. 3) to cause to stand (v. קִים).Inf. מִיקְמָא, מִיקְמָה, v. Af. Af. אָקֵים, אוֹקִים, אוֹקֵי 1) to put up, erect; to appoint, place; to maintain. Targ. O. Ex. 40:2 תָּקִים (ed. Berl. a. Y. תְּקִים). Ib. 18 ואָקֵים (ed. Berl. ואָקֵים a. ואֵקִים). Targ. O. Deut. 25:7 לאָקָמָא ed. Berl. (oth. ed. לַאֲקָ׳; Y. למִיקְמָא). Targ. Ps. 78:13. Targ. Prov. 29:4; a. fr.B. Mets.39b מוֹקְמִינָן … לינוקא we (the court) appoint a guardian over it in behalf of the minor. Ib. מיגו דמוֹקִים … מוקמינןוכ׳ since one appoints a guardian for the one-sixth portion, we may just as well appoint one for the other sixth. B. Bath.33a אוֹקְמָהּ … בידיה R. H. placed it in his possession, i. e. decided that it belonged to him. Ib. 34a מוֹקְמִינָן לה בידיה we would place (or leave) it in his possession; a. v. fr.Taan.8a, a. fr. אוקים … אמורא, v. אֲמֹורָא.Esp. a) to put a case, to treat with reference to. B. Bath.44a ולוֹקְמָהּ בגזלן why does he not put the case as treating of a robber?; ולוקמה ביורש let him say, it refers to the case of an heir!; a. fr.b) to let stand, place, leave ( under the presumption). Keth.12b, a. e. אוקי ממונא בחזקת מריה leave the money where it is, on the presumption that it belongs to its present owner, i. e. possession has the benefit of the doubt. Ib. אוֹקְמָהּ אחזקה leave the woman in her ascertained condition (v. חֲזָקָה), i. e. consider her as having married as a virgin. Yeb.31a אוקי תרי להדי תרי ואשה אוקמה אחזקה leave the two witnesses (on the one side) against the two witnesses (on the other side), and leave the woman ; a. fr.c) to establish, prove. Num. R. s. 6, end ורבנן מוֹקְמִין מהאי קראוכ׳ and the Rabbis prove from this verse, that as atonement takes place in day-time, so ; a. e.d) א׳ טבאות ( to place right) to guarantee, secure. Y.Gitt.I, end, 43d אנן בעי תְּקִימִינָן ט׳ (not טבאת) we want thee to secure us (against an eventual loss of the money which thou art collecting from us for our creditors); בההוא דלא יכיל למִיקְמָה גרמיה ט׳ in the case of one who has no opportunity to secure himself (who cannot get a collector to take the risk), ברם ההוא דיכיל למיקמהוכ׳ but if he finds a collector to take the risk, he may take it away from the one and give it to the other; Y.Kidd.III, 64a. 2) (v. עָמַד) to make consistent, curdle. Ab. Zar.35a (read:) כיין דאוֹקְמֵיה איסורא הוא דקא מוֹקִים ליהוכ׳ (v. Ms. M. in Rabb. D. S. a. l., a. note) since it had the effect of curdling the milk, it is the forbidden matter that gave it substance, and therefore it (that forbidden substance) is to be considered as if it were there in its natural state. Ib. b, v. supra. Ittaf. אִיתָּקַם, אִתּוֹקַם to put up; to be placed. Targ. Ex. 40:17. Targ. Lev. 16:10; a. e. Polel קוֹמֵם to put up, erect. Targ. Is. 44:26; a. e. Pa. קַיֵּם, קיֵּים 1) as preced. Pi., to establish, confirm, fulfill Targ. O. Deut. 32:8 (Y. Af.). Targ. Num. 30:14. Targ. Is. l. c. Targ. Ps. 119:106; a. fr.Ned.70a דהא קַיְּימֵיה לנדריה היום (not קיימי, v. Rashi) for he has confirmed the vow to-day. Ib. (h. form) כיון דקִיְּימוֹ קִיְּימוֹ since he once confirmed it, it remains confirmed. Keth.19a זילו קַיְּימוּ שטרייכו go and get evidence for the identification of your documents, and then come to court. Y.Gitt.I, end, 43d קיַּימְתֵּיה מדאמרוכ׳ thou canst substantiate thy opinion by referring to what R. … said. Pesik. Haʿomer, p. 72b> למְקַיְּימָא לכוןוכ׳ in order to fulfill on you the prophecy (Deut. 33:29) ; Yalk. Lev. 643; Pesik. R. s. 18. Y.Ab. Zar. V, 44d ואנא יכיל קַיֵּים and I can ascertain it (by experiment); a. v. fr.Part. pass. מְקַיַּים. Ber.55a לא חלמא טבא מק׳וכ׳ (Ms. F. מתקיים) neither a good dream comes true entirely, nor a bad dream 2) (v. קְיָים) to swear, vow. Targ. Num. 30:3. Targ. Gen. 28:20. Targ. O. Lev. 5:4; a. e. Ithpa. אִתְקַיַּים as preced. Hithpa. Targ. Num. 14:38. Targ. Ez. 33:12; a. fr.Y.Sabb.VI, end, 8d (read:) תִּתְקַיֵּימ לכון נפשיכין בהדין יומכין היך דקַיַּימְתּוּןוכ׳ may your life be restored on that day of yours (when your time comes), as you have restored my life on this day. Erub.54a כי היכי דתתקיים בידך ותוריך חיי (not ביך, v. Rabb. D. S. a. l.) in order that it (thy learning) may be preserved in thy possession, and thou mayest live long; a. e.

Jewish literature > קום
11 קוּם

קוּםch. 1) same. Targ. Gen. 22:3. Targ. Lev. 25:30; a. v. fr.Part. קָאֵים, apocop. קָאֵי (q. v.); קָיֵם, קָיֵים; f. קָיְימָא; pl. קָיְימִין; קָיְימָן, קָיְמ׳. Targ. Josh. 4:10. Targ. O. Ex. 26:15 (Y. קַיָּמִין); a. v. fr.B. Mets.19a (expl. דייתיקי) דא תהי למֵיקַםוכ׳ this is to stand and be, that when I die B. Bath.43b bot. ארעא היכא דקָיְימָא תֵיקוּם let the land remain where it is (in the possession of the present incumbent). Gen. R. s. 65 ברייך יְקוּם לך may thy Creator stand by thee. Koh. R. to XI, 1 היידי הוא גברא דקָם ליה עיגוליה here is (I am) the man whom his loaf of bread assisted (who was rewarded for throwing his bread into the sea). Y.Ab. Zar. II, 40c bot. וקָמוּן and they remained (in the trade), v. עֲקַר I. Macc.22b דקָיְימֵי מקמיוכ׳ who stand up before a scroll of the Law and do not stand up before a great man. Kidd.33b קום מקמיה אביך stand up before thy father. Ib. קָאִימְנָא מקמיה, I should stand up before him. Ib. a מֵיקַם לא קָאֵי הידורוכ׳ he stood not up before them (gentile old men), but he showed them honor. B. Mets.7a ברשותיה קָיְימָא it is in his possession. Lev. R. s. 16 (ref. to Is. 5:19) נדע דמן הוא דקיימאוכ׳ that we know whose counsel will stand (prevail), ours or his; ib. לא ק׳ דידי וק׳ דלהון my counsel does not stand, shall theirs stand?; Yalk. Is. 266 הא קָמַת דידהון דידי לא now, theirs is carried out, and mine should not be?; Yalk. Lam. 1033, sq. (read עצא for על); Pesik. Vattom., p. 133a> (corr. acc.). Y.Ter.I, 40b top בחרש אנן קָיְימִין we are standing at (are treating of) the case of a deaf mute. Y.Maasr.I, 51b, a. fr. (ב) מה (א) נן קיימין what are we treating of?; a. v. fr.Yeb.32a וקם ליה באשר לא יבנהוכ׳ (by giving ḥălitsah to one of his brothers widows) he has been declared one ‘who does not build up his brothers house (Deut. 25:9), and the Law says, when one has once refused ‘to build, one must not ‘build again (marry another of his brothers widows); ib. 44a.Shebu.26a כי הוו קיימי מקמיה דרב (Ms. F. מפטרי) when they were out of Rabs sight, opp. כי אתו לקמיה.ק׳ על, also ק׳ ב־ (cmp. עמד) a) to ascertain. Ab. Zar.35b ליכא למֵיקַם עלה דמילתא it cannot be ascertained; a. e.B. Mets.19a קָמוּ … במילתא the Rabbis ascertained the case, v. קִים. Yeb.31a; a. fr.b) to bargain for. Gen. R. s. 11 אנא … קיימין עילויה myself and a certain Jew were bargaining for it (the fish); a. e. קם ליה בדרבה מיניה, v. קִים.תֵּיקוּ, נֵיקוּ = תֵּיקוּם, נֵיקוּם. B. Kam.96a תקנתא לעכ״ום נ׳ ונעביד shall we get up and make rules for the benefit of gentile (robbers)? Zeb.17a כל חדא וחדא ת׳ בדוכתה (not בדוכתיה; Ms. M. תיקום) let each verse stand in its own place, i. e. you can draw no analogies between them.Esp. תיקו let it stand, i. e. the question remains undecided. B. Kam. l. c. Ḥull.46a; a. fr. 2) (v. עָמַד) to curdle. Ab. Zar.35b נישקול מיניה קלי ונֵיקוּם (prob. to be read ונוֹקִים) let one take a little of it and curdle it. Ib. קיימי, v. נַסְיוּבֵי. 3) to cause to stand (v. קִים).Inf. מִיקְמָא, מִיקְמָה, v. Af. Af. אָקֵים, אוֹקִים, אוֹקֵי 1) to put up, erect; to appoint, place; to maintain. Targ. O. Ex. 40:2 תָּקִים (ed. Berl. a. Y. תְּקִים). Ib. 18 ואָקֵים (ed. Berl. ואָקֵים a. ואֵקִים). Targ. O. Deut. 25:7 לאָקָמָא ed. Berl. (oth. ed. לַאֲקָ׳; Y. למִיקְמָא). Targ. Ps. 78:13. Targ. Prov. 29:4; a. fr.B. Mets.39b מוֹקְמִינָן … לינוקא we (the court) appoint a guardian over it in behalf of the minor. Ib. מיגו דמוֹקִים … מוקמינןוכ׳ since one appoints a guardian for the one-sixth portion, we may just as well appoint one for the other sixth. B. Bath.33a אוֹקְמָהּ … בידיה R. H. placed it in his possession, i. e. decided that it belonged to him. Ib. 34a מוֹקְמִינָן לה בידיה we would place (or leave) it in his possession; a. v. fr.Taan.8a, a. fr. אוקים … אמורא, v. אֲמֹורָא.Esp. a) to put a case, to treat with reference to. B. Bath.44a ולוֹקְמָהּ בגזלן why does he not put the case as treating of a robber?; ולוקמה ביורש let him say, it refers to the case of an heir!; a. fr.b) to let stand, place, leave ( under the presumption). Keth.12b, a. e. אוקי ממונא בחזקת מריה leave the money where it is, on the presumption that it belongs to its present owner, i. e. possession has the benefit of the doubt. Ib. אוֹקְמָהּ אחזקה leave the woman in her ascertained condition (v. חֲזָקָה), i. e. consider her as having married as a virgin. Yeb.31a אוקי תרי להדי תרי ואשה אוקמה אחזקה leave the two witnesses (on the one side) against the two witnesses (on the other side), and leave the woman ; a. fr.c) to establish, prove. Num. R. s. 6, end ורבנן מוֹקְמִין מהאי קראוכ׳ and the Rabbis prove from this verse, that as atonement takes place in day-time, so ; a. e.d) א׳ טבאות ( to place right) to guarantee, secure. Y.Gitt.I, end, 43d אנן בעי תְּקִימִינָן ט׳ (not טבאת) we want thee to secure us (against an eventual loss of the money which thou art collecting from us for our creditors); בההוא דלא יכיל למִיקְמָה גרמיה ט׳ in the case of one who has no opportunity to secure himself (who cannot get a collector to take the risk), ברם ההוא דיכיל למיקמהוכ׳ but if he finds a collector to take the risk, he may take it away from the one and give it to the other; Y.Kidd.III, 64a. 2) (v. עָמַד) to make consistent, curdle. Ab. Zar.35a (read:) כיין דאוֹקְמֵיה איסורא הוא דקא מוֹקִים ליהוכ׳ (v. Ms. M. in Rabb. D. S. a. l., a. note) since it had the effect of curdling the milk, it is the forbidden matter that gave it substance, and therefore it (that forbidden substance) is to be considered as if it were there in its natural state. Ib. b, v. supra. Ittaf. אִיתָּקַם, אִתּוֹקַם to put up; to be placed. Targ. Ex. 40:17. Targ. Lev. 16:10; a. e. Polel קוֹמֵם to put up, erect. Targ. Is. 44:26; a. e. Pa. קַיֵּם, קיֵּים 1) as preced. Pi., to establish, confirm, fulfill Targ. O. Deut. 32:8 (Y. Af.). Targ. Num. 30:14. Targ. Is. l. c. Targ. Ps. 119:106; a. fr.Ned.70a דהא קַיְּימֵיה לנדריה היום (not קיימי, v. Rashi) for he has confirmed the vow to-day. Ib. (h. form) כיון דקִיְּימוֹ קִיְּימוֹ since he once confirmed it, it remains confirmed. Keth.19a זילו קַיְּימוּ שטרייכו go and get evidence for the identification of your documents, and then come to court. Y.Gitt.I, end, 43d קיַּימְתֵּיה מדאמרוכ׳ thou canst substantiate thy opinion by referring to what R. … said. Pesik. Haʿomer, p. 72b> למְקַיְּימָא לכוןוכ׳ in order to fulfill on you the prophecy (Deut. 33:29) ; Yalk. Lev. 643; Pesik. R. s. 18. Y.Ab. Zar. V, 44d ואנא יכיל קַיֵּים and I can ascertain it (by experiment); a. v. fr.Part. pass. מְקַיַּים. Ber.55a לא חלמא טבא מק׳וכ׳ (Ms. F. מתקיים) neither a good dream comes true entirely, nor a bad dream 2) (v. קְיָים) to swear, vow. Targ. Num. 30:3. Targ. Gen. 28:20. Targ. O. Lev. 5:4; a. e. Ithpa. אִתְקַיַּים as preced. Hithpa. Targ. Num. 14:38. Targ. Ez. 33:12; a. fr.Y.Sabb.VI, end, 8d (read:) תִּתְקַיֵּימ לכון נפשיכין בהדין יומכין היך דקַיַּימְתּוּןוכ׳ may your life be restored on that day of yours (when your time comes), as you have restored my life on this day. Erub.54a כי היכי דתתקיים בידך ותוריך חיי (not ביך, v. Rabb. D. S. a. l.) in order that it (thy learning) may be preserved in thy possession, and thou mayest live long; a. e.

Jewish literature > קוּם
12 jugar

v.

1 to play (practicar un deporte, juego).

jugar al ajedrez/a las cartas to play chess/cards

jugar en un equipo to play for a team

jugar a las muñecas to play with one's dolls

te toca jugar it's your turn o go

jugar limpio/sucio to play clean/dirty

Ellos juegan en la arena They play in the sand.

Ellos juegan tenis They play tennis.

2 to gamble.

jugar a la lotería to play the lottery

jugar a o en la Bolsa to speculate (on the Stock Exchange)

* * *

JUGAR

CONJUGACIÓN

(u changes to ue in stressed syllables and g changes to gu before e)

Present Indicative

juego, juegas, juega, jugamos, jugáis, juegan.

Past Indicative

jugué, jugaste, jugó, jugamos, jugasteis, jugaron.

Present Subjunctive

juegue, juegues, juegue, juguemos, juguéis, jueguen.

Imperative

juega (tú), juegue (él/Vd.), juguemos (nos.), jugad (vos.), jueguen (ellos/Vds.).

* * *

verb

1) to play

2) gamble

* * *

1. VI

1) [niño, deportista] to play

¡si seguís así yo no juego! — if you carry on like that I'm not playing!

• jugar a algo — to play sth

jugar al ajedrez — to play chess

jugar al tenis — to play tennis

jugar a la lotería — to play the lottery

jugar a la ruleta — to play roulette

jugar a los dados — to play dice

jugar al escondite — to play hide-and-seek

• jugar con algo — to play with sth

no le gusta jugar con muñecas — he doesn't like playing with dolls

está jugando con el ordenador — she's playing on the computer

• jugar contra algn — to play (against) sb

hoy juegan contra el Celtic — today they're playing (against) Celtic

- jugar con fuego

- jugar con ventaja

- jugar limpio

- jugar sucio

- de jugando

2) (=hacer una jugada)

a) [en ajedrez, parchís] to move

¿quién juega? — whose move o turn o go is it?

b) [con cartas] to play

¿quién juega? — whose turn o go is it?

3) (=pretender ser)

• jugar a algo — to play at being sth

solo está jugando a detective — he's only playing at being a detective

yo no juego a ser estrella de Hollywood — I'm not playing at being a Hollywood star

vamos a jugar a que yo soy la madre y tú el hijo — let's pretend that I'm the mother and you the son

4)

• jugar con —

a) (=manosear) [gen] to play around with, mess around with; [distraídamente] to toy with, fiddle with

no juegues con el enchufe, que es peligroso — don't play o mess around with the plug - it's dangerous

estaba jugando con un bolígrafo mientras hablaba — he was toying o fiddling with a pen while he spoke

b) (=no tomar en serio) [+ sentimientos] to play with

solamente está jugando contigo — he's just leading you on

es importante permanecer en el poder, pero no a costa de jugar con la opinión pública — it is important to stay in power, but not if it means gambling with public opinion

con la salud no se juega — you can't put your health at risk

c) (=utilizar) to play with

esta obra juega con el tema del teatro dentro del teatro — this work plays with the idea of a play within a play

5) (=influir)

• jugar en contra de algo/algn — to work against sth/sb

su inexperiencia jugaba en contra suya — his inexperience worked against him

la posición del sol jugaba en contra de nuestro equipo — the position of the sun put our team at a disadvantage

• jugar a favor de algo/algn — [situación] to work in sth/sb's favour o (EEUU) favor; [tiempo, destino] to be on sb's side

las ventajas de una moneda débil siguen jugando a su favor — the advantages of a weak currency continue to work in their favour

existe otro elemento que juega a favor del acusado — there is another factor that should go o work in favour of the defendant

has estudiado mucho y eso juega a tu favor — you have studied a lot and that should work in your favour

6) (=apostar) to gamble

7) (Bolsa) to speculate

jugar al alza — to bet on a bull market

jugar a la baja — to bet on a bear market

jugar a la bolsa — to play the stock market

8) LAm (Mec) to move about

2. VT

1) [+ partida, partido] to play

el partido se juega hoy — the match will be played today

jugar la baza de algo —

la oposición jugará la baza de la moción de censura — the opposition will play its trump card and move a motion of censure

- jugársela a algn

su hermano se la jugó — his brother did the dirty on him *

¡me la han jugado! — I've been had! *

su mujer se la jugaba con otro — LAm his wife was two-timing him *
baza 2)
2) [+ papel] to play

juegan un papel fundamental en el desarrollo del país — they play a fundamental role in the country's development

3) (=apostar) to bet

jugar cinco dólares a una carta — to bet o put five dollars on a card

4) LAm [+ fútbol, tenis, ajedrez, póker] to play

5) †† [+ espada, florete] to handle, wield

3.

See:

jugarse

* * *
1.
verbo intransitivo

1)

a) ( divertirse) to play

jugar a algo — to play something

jugar a la pelota — to play ball

jugar al fútbol — (Esp, RPl) to play football

¿a qué jugamos? — what shall we play?

jugar a las muñecas — to play with dolls

b) (Dep) to play

jugar limpio/sucio — to play fair/dirty

c) (en ajedrez, damas) to move; ( en naipes) to play; ( en otros juegos) to play

me tocaba jugar a mí — it was my turn/move/go

d) ( apostar fuerte) to gamble

e) (fam) ( bromear)

se lo dije por jugar — I was only joking

ni por jugar: no lo hace ni por jugar — she wouldn't do it (even) if you paid her

f) (Fin)

jugaban al alza/a la baja — they were betting on a bull/bear market

2) jugar con

a) <persona/sentimientos> to play with, toy with

b) ( manejar) <colores/luz> to play with

juega con las palabras — she plays with words

3) factores/elementos ( actuar)

jugar a favor de alguien — to work in somebody's favor

jugar en contra de alguien — to work o count against somebody
2.
jugar vt

1)

a) <partido/carta> to play

jugársela a alguien — to play a dirty trick on somebody

b) (AmL exc RPl) <tenis/fútbol/ajedrez> to play

2)

a) ( apostar)

jugar algo a algo — to bet something on something

b) ( sortear)

se juega mañana — the draw takes place tomorrow

3) <rol/papel> to play
3.
jugarse v pron

a) ( gastarse en el juego) < sueldo> to gamble (away)

b) ( arriesgar) <reputación/vida> to risk, put... at risk

se lo jugó todo en el negocio — she staked o risked everything on the business

jugarse el pellejo — (fam) to risk one's neck (colloq)

c) ( apostarse) (recípr)

nos habíamos jugado una comida y gané yo — we'd bet a meal on it and I won

* * *

= gamble, play, game.

Ex. In the case of bookshops the function of 'buying' calls for real skill since the bookseller is gambling with his (or her) capital in purchasing the goods.

Ex. A man who witnesses said was intoxicated and playing with a handgun died last night after shooting himself in the head.

Ex. The next thing you know, people will never leave their house for any real social interactions and everyone will be gaming all day long.

----

* empezar a jugar mejor = get back into + the game.

* jugar a la ruleta rusa = play + Russian roulette.

* jugar a las apuestas = game.

* jugar a las canicas = play + marbles.

* jugar al azar = gamble.

* jugar al dominó = play + dominoes.

* jugar a los bolos = bowling.

* jugar a lo seguro = play it + safe.

* jugar a los juegos = game.

* jugar bien + Posesivo + baza = play + Posesivo + cards right.

* jugar bien + Posesivo + cartas = play + Posesivo + cards right.

* jugar con = mess with, play + fast and loose with.

* jugar con fuego = court + disaster, play with + fire, court + danger, flirt with + danger.

* jugar de ala izquierda = play + the left wing.

* jugar de extremo derecho = play + the left wing.

* jugar juegos = play + games.

* jugar juntos = play along with.

* jugar limpio = play + fair.

* jugar peligrosamente = flirt with + danger, court + danger.

* jugarse cualquier cosa = bet + Posesivo + life.

* jugarse el cuello = bet + Posesivo + life.

* jugarse el pellejo = risk + Posesivo + life, risk + life and limb.

* jugarse el tipo (por) = stick + Posesivo + neck out (for).

* jugarse el todo por el todo = take + the plunge, risk + life and limb.

* jugarse la cabeza = bet + Posesivo + life.

* jugarse la camisa = bet + Posesivo + life.

* jugarse la piel = risk + Posesivo + life, risk + life and limb.

* jugarse la vida = play + Russian roulette, risk + Posesivo + life, risk + life and limb, bet + Posesivo + life.

* jugárselo todo = go for + broke, shoot (for) + the moon.

* jugárselo todo a una sola carta = put + all (of) + Posesivo + eggs in one basket.

* jugar sobre seguro = play it + safe.

* jugar un papel = play + role.

* mientras juega = at play.

* partido que se juega en casa = home game.

* partido que se juega fuera de casa = away game.

* * *
1.
verbo intransitivo

1)

a) ( divertirse) to play

jugar a algo — to play something

jugar a la pelota — to play ball

jugar al fútbol — (Esp, RPl) to play football

¿a qué jugamos? — what shall we play?

jugar a las muñecas — to play with dolls

b) (Dep) to play

jugar limpio/sucio — to play fair/dirty

c) (en ajedrez, damas) to move; ( en naipes) to play; ( en otros juegos) to play

me tocaba jugar a mí — it was my turn/move/go

d) ( apostar fuerte) to gamble

e) (fam) ( bromear)

se lo dije por jugar — I was only joking

ni por jugar: no lo hace ni por jugar — she wouldn't do it (even) if you paid her

f) (Fin)

jugaban al alza/a la baja — they were betting on a bull/bear market

2) jugar con

a) <persona/sentimientos> to play with, toy with

b) ( manejar) <colores/luz> to play with

juega con las palabras — she plays with words

3) factores/elementos ( actuar)

jugar a favor de alguien — to work in somebody's favor

jugar en contra de alguien — to work o count against somebody
2.
jugar vt

1)

a) <partido/carta> to play

jugársela a alguien — to play a dirty trick on somebody

b) (AmL exc RPl) <tenis/fútbol/ajedrez> to play

2)

a) ( apostar)

jugar algo a algo — to bet something on something

b) ( sortear)

se juega mañana — the draw takes place tomorrow

3) <rol/papel> to play
3.
jugarse v pron

a) ( gastarse en el juego) < sueldo> to gamble (away)

b) ( arriesgar) <reputación/vida> to risk, put... at risk

se lo jugó todo en el negocio — she staked o risked everything on the business

jugarse el pellejo — (fam) to risk one's neck (colloq)

c) ( apostarse) (recípr)

nos habíamos jugado una comida y gané yo — we'd bet a meal on it and I won

* * *

= gamble, play, game.

Ex: In the case of bookshops the function of 'buying' calls for real skill since the bookseller is gambling with his (or her) capital in purchasing the goods.

Ex: A man who witnesses said was intoxicated and playing with a handgun died last night after shooting himself in the head.

Ex: The next thing you know, people will never leave their house for any real social interactions and everyone will be gaming all day long.

* empezar a jugar mejor = get back into + the game.

* jugar a la ruleta rusa = play + Russian roulette.

* jugar a las apuestas = game.

* jugar a las canicas = play + marbles.

* jugar al azar = gamble.

* jugar al dominó = play + dominoes.

* jugar a los bolos = bowling.

* jugar a lo seguro = play it + safe.

* jugar a los juegos = game.

* jugar bien + Posesivo + baza = play + Posesivo + cards right.

* jugar bien + Posesivo + cartas = play + Posesivo + cards right.

* jugar con = mess with, play + fast and loose with.

* jugar con fuego = court + disaster, play with + fire, court + danger, flirt with + danger.

* jugar de ala izquierda = play + the left wing.

* jugar de extremo derecho = play + the left wing.

* jugar juegos = play + games.

* jugar juntos = play along with.

* jugar limpio = play + fair.

* jugar peligrosamente = flirt with + danger, court + danger.

* jugarse cualquier cosa = bet + Posesivo + life.

* jugarse el cuello = bet + Posesivo + life.

* jugarse el pellejo = risk + Posesivo + life, risk + life and limb.

* jugarse el tipo (por) = stick + Posesivo + neck out (for).

* jugarse el todo por el todo = take + the plunge, risk + life and limb.

* jugarse la cabeza = bet + Posesivo + life.

* jugarse la camisa = bet + Posesivo + life.

* jugarse la piel = risk + Posesivo + life, risk + life and limb.

* jugarse la vida = play + Russian roulette, risk + Posesivo + life, risk + life and limb, bet + Posesivo + life.

* jugárselo todo = go for + broke, shoot (for) + the moon.

* jugárselo todo a una sola carta = put + all (of) + Posesivo + eggs in one basket.

* jugar sobre seguro = play it + safe.

* jugar un papel = play + role.

* mientras juega = at play.

* partido que se juega en casa = home game.

* partido que se juega fuera de casa = away game.

* * *

jugar [ A15 ]

vi

A

1 (divertirse) to play

¿puedo salir a jugar? can I go out to play?

¡deja de jugar con el televisor! stop playing around o messing around with the television!

jugar A algo to play sth

jugar al fútbol/a la pelota to play football/ball

¿a qué jugamos? what shall we play?

juegan a las cartas por dinero they play cards for money

jugar a las muñecas to play with dolls

juguemos a que yo era la maestra let's pretend I'm the teacher

jugar A + INF:

le gusta jugar a ser el jefe he likes playing (at being) boss

está jugando a ser la hija modelo she's playing (the part of) the model daughter

2 ( Dep) to play

juegan mañana contra el Atlético they're playing (against) Atlético tomorrow

jugar limpio (en deportes) to play fair; (en negocios) to play the game, play fair

jugar sucio (en deportes) to play dirty ( colloq) (en negocios) to be underhand, play dirty

3 (hacer una jugada — en ajedrez, damas) to move; (— en naipes) to play; (en otros juegos) to play, go ( colloq)

¿quieres jugar de una vez? will you hurry up and move/play?

me tocaba jugar a mí it was my turn/move, it was my go ( colloq)

4 (apostar fuerte) to gamble

5 ( Inf) to game

6 ( fam)

(bromear): ¿tú le tiraste del pelo? — pero fue jugando or fue por jugar did you pull her hair? — I was only playing

no sé por qué se ofendió, se lo dije jugando I don't know why he took offense, I was only joking o I only said it as a joke o in jest

ni por jugar: no sube a un avión ni por jugar she wouldn't get on a plane (even) if you paid her

7 ( Fin):

jugaban al alza/a la baja they were betting on a bull/bear market

B jugar con

1 (tratar sin respeto, sin seriedad) to play with

¿te das cuenta de que estás jugando con tu futuro? do you realize you're playing with your future o you're putting your future at risk?

está jugando con tus sentimientos he's playing o toying with your feelings

2 (manejar) to play with

el artista juega con interesantes efectos de luz y sombra the artist plays with interesting effects of light and shade

C

«factores/elementos» (actuar): jugar a favor de algn to work in sb's favor

jugar en contra de algn to work o count AGAINST sb

■ jugar

vt

A

1 ‹partido/carta› to play ver tb carta

jugársela a algn to play a dirty trick on sb, to do the dirty on sb ( BrE)

2 ( AmL exc RPl) ‹tenis/fútbol/golf› to play; ‹ajedrez/póquer› to play

B

1 (apostar) jugar algo A algo to bet sth ON sth

lo jugó todo al 17 he bet o put everything he had on number 17

te juego una cerveza a que me cree I bet you a beer he believes me

2

(sortear): se juega mañana the draw takes place tomorrow

C ‹rol/papel› to play

■ jugarse

v pron

1 (gastarse en el juego) ‹sueldo› to gamble, gamble away

2 (arriesgar) ‹reputación/vida› to risk, put … at risk

se lo jugó todo en el negocio she staked o risked everything on the business

se jugaba su credibilidad ante el electorado he was putting his credibility with the voters on the line o at risk

jugarse la vida or ( fam) el pellejo to risk one's life o ( colloq) one's neck

3 (apostarse) ( recípr):

nos habíamos jugado una comida y gané yo we'd bet a meal on it and I won

* * *

jugar ( conjugate jugar) verbo intransitivo
1
a) ( en general) to play;

jugar a algo to play sth;
◊ jugar a la pelota to play ball;

jugar al fútbol (Esp, RPl) to play football;
jugar a las muñecas to play with dolls;
jugar limpio/sucio to play fair/dirty
b) (en ajedrez, damas) to move;

( en naipes) to play;
( en otros juegos) to play;
◊ me tocaba jugar a mí it was my turn/move/go

c) ( apostar fuerte) to gamble

2
◊ jugar con

a) ‹persona/sentimientos› to play with, toy with

b) ( manejar) ‹colores/luz/palabras› to play with

verbo transitivo
1
a) ‹partido/carta› to play

b) (AmL exc RPl) ‹tenis/fútbol/ajedrez› to play

2 ( apostar) jugar algo a algo to bet sth on sth
3 ‹rol/papel› to play
jugarse verbo pronominal
a) ( gastarse en el juego) ‹ sueldo› to gamble (away)

b) ( arriesgar) ‹reputación/vida› to risk, put … at risk;

◊ jugarse el pellejo (fam) to risk one's neck (colloq)

c) ( apostarse) ( recípr):

◊ nos jugamos una comida we bet a meal on it

jugar
I verbo intransitivo
1 to play: ¿jugamos a las casitas?, shall we play house?
jugar al baloncesto/parchís, to play basketball/ludo o Parcheesi(tm)
2 (no tomar en serio, manipular) jugar con, to toy with
II verbo transitivo
1 to play: jugamos una partida de ajedrez, we had a game of chess
2 (suponer, representar) su hija juega un papel central en su vida, her life revolves around her daughter
3 (apostar) to bet, stake
♦ Locuciones: jugar con fuego, to play with fire
jugar limpio/sucio, to play fair/dirty
Fin jugar a la baja, to speculate on a drop in prices
' jugar' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
baja
- bajo
- banda
- barrio
- carta
- defensiva
- escondidas
- prenda
- punta
- retozar
- sucia
- sucio
- talla
- tejo
- trineo
- adivinanza
- bolita
- bolo
- bolsa
- campo
- chueco
- condición
- corro
- dado
- dama
- dardo
- disfraz
- dominó
- escondite
- gozar
- juega
- limpio
- mal
- mano
- muñeca
- pelota
- roña
- ventaja
English:
advantage
- away
- because
- bowl
- can
- clean
- dice
- fair
- fast
- fiddle about with
- for
- forfeit
- fortunately
- foursome
- gamble
- hate
- hide-and-seek
- home
- leapfrog
- limber up
- line up
- move
- outlet
- play
- replay
- rough
- slot machine
- trifle
- trump
- ball
- bet
- card
- hide
- hop
- instrumental
- musical
- out
- partner

* * *

jugar

♦ vi

1. [practicar un deporte, juego] to play;

los niños juegan en el patio del colegio the children are playing in the playground;

jugar al ajedrez/a las cartas to play chess/cards;

jugar a la pelota/a las muñecas to play ball/with one's dolls;

juegan a ser astronautas they're playing at astronauts;

¿a qué juegas? what are you playing?;
Fam
¿tú a qué juegas, chaval? [en tono de enfado] what do you think you're playing at, pal?;

les gusta jugar con la arena they like playing in the sand;

jugar en un equipo to play for a team;

te toca jugar it's your turn o go;

jugar limpio/sucio to play fair/dirty;

Comp

jugar a dos bandas to play a double game;

Comp

jugar con fuego to play with fire;

Comp

el que juega con fuego se quema if you play with fire you'll get burned;

Comp
Fam
o jugamos todos o se rompe la baraja either we all do it or nobody does

2. [con dinero] to gamble (a on);
jugó al bingo y perdió mucho dinero she played bingo and lost a lot of money;

le gusta jugar en los casinos she likes gambling in casinos;

jugar a la lotería to play the lottery;

jugar a las quinielas to do the pools;

le gusta jugar a los caballos he likes a bet on the horses;

jugar a o [m5] en la Bolsa to speculate (on the Stock Exchange);
Bolsa
jugar al alza to try to bull the market, to speculate on share prices rising;
Bolsa
jugar a la baja to try to bear the market, to speculate on share prices falling;

jugar fuerte to bet a lot of money

3. [ser desconsiderado]
jugar con alguien to play with sb;

jugar con los sentimientos de alguien to toy with sb's feelings

4. [influir]
jugar a favor de alguien to work in sb's favour;

el tiempo juega en su contra time is against her;

el tiempo juega a nuestro favor time is on our side

♦ vt

1. [partido, juego, partida] to play;
[ficha, pieza] to move; [carta] to play;
¿jugamos un póquer? shall we have a game of poker?;

Comp

jugó bien sus bazas o [m5] cartas she played her cards well

2. [dinero] to gamble (a on);
jugué 25 euros a mi número de la suerte I gambled 25 euros on my lucky number

3. [desempeñar]
jugar un papel [considerado incorrecto] to play a role;

la creatividad juega un importante papel en nuestro trabajo creativity plays a very important part o role in our work

♦ See also the pronominal verb jugarse

* * *

jugar

I v/t play

II v/i

1 play;

jugar al baloncesto play basketball;

jugar a la bolsa play the stock market;

jugar con fuego fig play with fire;

jugar limpio/sucio play clean/dirty

2 con dinero gamble

* * *

jugar {44} vi

1) : to play

jugar a la pelota: to play ball

2) apostar: to gamble, to bet

3) : to joke, to kid

jugar vt

1) : to play

jugar un papel: to play a role

jugar una carta: to play a card

2) : to bet

♦ See also the reflexive verb jugarse

* * *

jugar vb

1. (en general) to play

jugamos una partida de ajedrez we played a game of chess

¡juguemos a las cartas! let's play cards!

¿juegas al fútbol? do you play football?

2. (dinero) to bet [pt. & pp. bet]

jugó cien euros en un caballo he bet a hundred euros on a horse

3. (apostar) to gamble

jugaba y perdió mucho dinero he used to gamble and lost a lot of money

jugar a la lotería to do the lottery

jugar limpio to play fair

jugar sucio to play dirty

Spanish-English dictionary > jugar
13 get

get [get]

recevoir ⇒ 1A (a), 1A (d), 1A (g), 1A (i), 1B (b) avoir ⇒ 1A (a), 1A (b) toucher ⇒ 1A (a), 1A (b), 1B (b) trouver ⇒ 1A (b), 1A (h) obtenir ⇒ 1A (b), 1A (h) tenir ⇒ 1A (c) offrir ⇒ 1A (e) acheter ⇒ 1A (f) prendre ⇒ 1A (f), 1A (k), 1A (l) gagner ⇒ 1A (i) chercher ⇒ 1A (j) attraper ⇒ 1A (k), 1A (l), 1B (a) réserver ⇒ 1A (m) répondre ⇒ 1A (n) faire faire ⇒ 1C (b)-(d) préparer ⇒ 1D (a) entendre ⇒ 1D (b) comprendre ⇒ 1D (d) atteindre ⇒ 1E (a) devenir ⇒ 2A (a) se faire ⇒ 2A (b) commencer à ⇒ 2A (c), 2B (c) aller ⇒ 2B (a) réussir à ⇒ 2B (e)

( British pt & pp got [gɒt], cont getting [getɪŋ], American pt got [gɒt], pp gotten [gɒtən], cont getting [getɪŋ])

1 transitive verb

A.

(a) (receive → gift, letter, phone call) recevoir, avoir; (→ benefits, pension) recevoir, toucher; (→ medical treatment) suivre;

∎ I got a bike for my birthday on m'a donné ou j'ai eu ou j'ai reçu un vélo pour mon anniversaire;

∎ I get 'The Times' at home je reçois le 'Times' à la maison;

∎ this part of the country doesn't get much rain cette région ne reçoit pas beaucoup de pluie, il ne pleut pas beaucoup dans cette région;

∎ the living room gets a lot of sun le salon est très ensoleillé;

∎ I rang but I got no answer (at door) j'ai sonné mais je n'ai pas obtenu ou eu de réponse; (on phone) j'ai appelé sans obtenir de réponse;

∎ many students get grants beaucoup d'étudiants ont une bourse;

∎ he got five years for smuggling il a écopé de ou il a pris cinq ans (de prison) pour contrebande;

∎ he got a bullet in his shoulder il a reçu une balle dans l'épaule;

∎ familiar you're really going to get it! qu'est-ce que tu vas prendre ou écoper!;

∎ familiar I'll see that you get yours! je vais te régler ton compte!

(b) (obtain → gen) avoir, trouver, obtenir; (→ through effort) se procurer, obtenir; (→ licence, loan, permission) obtenir; (→ diploma, grades) avoir, obtenir;

∎ where did you get that book? où avez-vous trouvé ce livre?;

∎ they got him a job ils lui ont trouvé du travail;

∎ I got the job! ils m'ont embauché!;

∎ can you get them the report? pouvez-vous leur procurer le rapport?;

∎ I got the idea from a book j'ai trouvé l'idée dans un livre;

∎ I got a glimpse of her face j'ai pu apercevoir son visage;

∎ you get a fine view from here il y a une vue magnifique d'ici;

∎ I've got six more to get (in collection) il m'en manque six;

∎ the town gets its water from the reservoir la ville reçoit son eau du réservoir;

∎ we get our wine directly from the vineyard en vin ou pour le vin, nous nous fournissons directement chez le producteur;

∎ they stopped in town to get some lunch (had lunch there) ils se sont arrêtés en ville pour déjeuner; (bought something to eat) ils se sont arrêtés en ville pour acheter de quoi déjeuner;

∎ I'm going out to get a breath of fresh air je sors prendre l'air;

∎ I'm going to get something to drink/eat (fetch) je vais chercher quelque chose à boire/manger; (consume) je vais boire/manger quelque chose;

∎ can I get a coffee? je pourrais avoir un café, s'il vous plaît?;

∎ get yourself a good lawyer trouvez-vous un bon avocat;

∎ get advice from your doctor demandez conseil à votre médecin;

∎ I need all the advice I can get j'ai besoin de tous les conseils qu'on peut me donner;

∎ to get (oneself) a wife/husband se trouver une femme/un mari;

∎ to get sb to oneself avoir qn pour soi tout seul;

∎ to get a divorce obtenir le divorce;

∎ get plenty of exercise faites beaucoup d'exercice;

∎ get plenty of sleep dormez beaucoup;

∎ try and get a few days off work essayez de prendre quelques jours de congé;

∎ I'll do it if I get the time/a moment je le ferai si j'ai le temps/si je trouve un moment;

∎ I got a lot from or out of my trip to China mon voyage en Chine m'a beaucoup apporté;

∎ she got very little from her lessons elle a très peu appris de ses leçons;

∎ he didn't get a chance to introduce himself il n'a pas eu l'occasion de se présenter

(c) (inherit → characteristic) tenir;

∎ she gets her shyness from her father elle tient sa timidité de son père

(d) (obtain in exchange) recevoir;

∎ they got a lot of money for their flat la vente de leur appartement leur a rapporté beaucoup d'argent;

∎ they got a good price for the painting le tableau s'est vendu à un bon prix;

∎ what did you get for your car? combien est-ce que tu as vendu ta voiture?;

∎ he got nothing for his trouble il s'est donné de la peine pour rien;

∎ you don't get something for nothing on n'a rien pour rien

(e) (offer as gift) offrir, donner;

∎ what did she get him for Christmas? qu'est-ce qu'elle lui a offert ou donné pour Noël?;

∎ I don't know what to get Jill for her birthday je ne sais pas quoi acheter à Jill pour son anniversaire

(f) (buy) acheter, prendre;

∎ get your father a magazine when you go out achète une revue à ton père quand tu sortiras;

∎ get the paper too prends ou achète le journal aussi;

∎ we got the house cheap on a eu la maison (à) bon marché

(g) (learn → information, news) recevoir, apprendre;

∎ we turned on the radio to get the news nous avons allumé la radio pour écouter les informations;

∎ she just got news or word of the accident elle vient juste d'apprendre la nouvelle de l'accident;

∎ he broke down when he got the news en apprenant la nouvelle il a fondu en larmes

(h) (reach by calculation or experimentation → answer, solution) trouver; (→ result) obtenir;

∎ multiply 5 by 2 and you get 10 multipliez 5 par 2 et vous obtenez 10

(i) (earn, win → salary) recevoir, gagner, toucher; (→ prize) gagner; (→ reputation) se faire;

∎ plumbers get £20 an hour un plombier gagne ou touche 20 livres de l'heure;

∎ he got a good name or a reputation as an architect il s'est fait une réputation dans le milieu de l'architecture;

∎ someone's trying to get your attention (calling) quelqu'un vous appelle; (waving) quelqu'un vous fait signe

(j) (bring, fetch) (aller) chercher;

∎ he went and got a book from the library il est allé chercher un livre à la bibliothèque;

∎ go and get a doctor allez chercher un médecin;

∎ get me my coat va me chercher ou apporte-moi mon manteau;

∎ we had to get a doctor nous avons dû faire venir un médecin;

∎ he went to get a taxi il est parti chercher un taxi;

∎ what can I get you to drink? qu'est-ce que je vous sers à boire?;

∎ can I get you anything? (to somebody ill etc) est-ce que vous avez besoin de quelque chose?;

∎ they sent him to get help ils l'ont envoyé chercher de l'aide

(k) (catch → ball) attraper; (→ bus, train) prendre, attraper;

∎ did you get your train? est-ce que tu as eu ton train?

(l) (capture) attraper, prendre; (seize) prendre, saisir;

∎ the Mounties always get their man la police montée attrape toujours son homme (au Canada);

∎ he got me by the arm il m'a attrapé par le bras;

∎ the dog got him by the leg le chien l'a attrapé à la jambe;

∎ (I've) got you! je te tiens!

(m) (book, reserve) réserver, retenir;

∎ we're trying to get a flight to Budapest nous essayons de réserver un vol pour Budapest

(n) (answer → door, telephone) répondre;

∎ the doorbell's ringing - I'll get it! quelqu'un sonne à la porte - j'y vais!;

∎ will you get the phone? peux-tu répondre au téléphone?

B.

(a) (become ill with) attraper;

∎ he got a chill il a pris ou attrapé froid;

∎ I get a headache when I drink red wine le vin rouge me donne mal à la tête;

∎ familiar to get it bad for sb avoir qn dans la peau

(b) (experience, feel → shock) recevoir, ressentir, avoir; (→ fun, pain, surprise) avoir;

∎ I got the feeling something horrible would happen j'ai eu l'impression ou le pressentiment que quelque chose d'horrible allait arriver;

∎ I get the impression he doesn't like me j'ai l'impression que je ne lui plais pas;

∎ to get a thrill out of sth/doing sth prendre plaisir à qch/faire qch;

∎ familiar to get religion devenir croyant^□

(c) (encounter)

∎ you get some odd people on these tours il y a de drôles de gens dans ces voyages organisés;

∎ you get a lot of people marrying young here il y a beaucoup de gens qui se marient jeunes par ici;

∎ we don't get many accidents here nous n'avons pas beaucoup d'accidents par ici

C.

(a) (with adj or past participle) (cause to be) she managed to get the window closed/open elle a réussi à fermer/ouvrir la fenêtre;

∎ I got the car started j'ai démarré la voiture;

∎ don't get your feet wet! ne te mouille pas les pieds!;

∎ get the suitcases ready préparez les bagages;

∎ the children are getting themselves ready for school les enfants se préparent pour (aller à) l'école;

∎ I finally got her on her own or alone j'ai fini par réussir à la voir en tête à tête;

∎ we managed to get him in a good mood nous avons réussi à le mettre de bonne humeur;

∎ they've got me so I don't know whether I'm coming or going c'en est à un tel point que je ne sais plus où j'en suis;

∎ to get people interested (in sth) intéresser les gens (à qch);

∎ let me get this clear que ce soit bien clair;

∎ to get things under control prendre les choses en main;

∎ he likes his bath as hot as he can get it il aime que son bain soit aussi chaud que possible;

∎ the flat is as clean as I'm going to get it j'ai nettoyé l'appartement le mieux que j'ai pu;

∎ he got himself nominated president il s'est fait nommer président;

∎ don't get yourself all worked up ne t'en fais pas

(b) (with infinitive) (cause to do or carry out) we couldn't get her to leave on n'a pas pu la faire partir;

∎ get him to move the car demande-lui de déplacer la voiture;

∎ I got it to work, I got it working j'ai réussi à le faire marcher;

∎ we have to get the government to tighten up on pollution control il faut que l'on obtienne du gouvernement qu'il renforce les lois contre la pollution;

∎ he got the other members to agree il a réussi à obtenir l'accord des autres membres;

∎ I can always get someone else to do it je peux toujours le faire faire par quelqu'un d'autre;

∎ I got her to talk about life in China je lui ai demandé de parler de la vie en Chine;

∎ they can't get the landlord to fix the roof ils n'arrivent pas à obtenir du propriétaire qu'il fasse réparer le toit;

∎ how do you get jasmine to grow indoors? comment peut-on faire pousser du jasmin à l'intérieur?

(c) (with past participle) (cause to be done or carried out) to get sth done/repaired faire faire/réparer qch;

∎ to get one's hair cut se faire couper les cheveux;

∎ I didn't get anything done today je n'ai rien fait aujourd'hui;

∎ it's impossible to get anything done around here (by oneself) il est impossible de faire quoi que ce soit ici; (by someone else) il est impossible d'obtenir quoi que ce soit ici

(d) (cause to come, go, move)

∎ how are you going to get this package to them? comment allez-vous leur faire parvenir ce paquet?;

∎ they eventually got all the boxes downstairs/upstairs ils ont fini par descendre/monter toutes leurs boîtes;

∎ I managed to get the old man downstairs/upstairs j'ai réussi à faire descendre/monter le vieil homme;

∎ I managed to get him away from the others j'ai réussi à l'éloigner des autres;

∎ get him away from me débarrassez-moi de lui;

∎ can you get me home? pouvez-vous me raccompagner?;

∎ they got her to the airport on time ils l'ont amenée à l'aéroport à l'heure;

∎ his friends managed to get him home ses amis ont réussi à le ramener (à la maison);

∎ how are we going to get the bike home? comment est-ce qu'on va ramener le vélo à la maison?;

∎ I got a message to them je leur ai fait parvenir un message;

∎ he can't get the children to bed il n'arrive pas à mettre les enfants au lit;

∎ I can't get my boots off/on je n'arrive pas à enlever/mettre mes bottes;

∎ we couldn't get the bed through the door nous n'avons pas pu faire passer le lit par la porte;

∎ figurative where has all this got us? où est-ce que tout ça nous a menés?;

∎ this is getting us nowhere ça ne nous mène nulle part, ça ne nous mène à rien;

∎ that won't get you very far! ça ne te servira pas à grand-chose!, tu ne seras pas beaucoup plus avancé!

D.

(a) (prepare → meal, drink) préparer;

∎ he's in the kitchen getting dinner il est à la cuisine en train de préparer le dîner;

∎ who's going to get the children breakfast? qui va préparer le petit déjeuner pour les enfants?;

∎ she got herself some breakfast elle s'est préparé un petit déjeuner

(b) (hear correctly) entendre, saisir;

∎ I didn't get his name je n'ai pas saisi son nom

(c) (establish telephone contact with)

∎ I got her father on the phone j'ai parlé à son père ou j'ai eu son père au téléphone;

∎ I couldn't get her at the office je n'ai pas pu l'avoir au bureau;

∎ did you get the number you wanted? avez-vous obtenu le numéro que vous vouliez?;

∎ get me extension 3500 passez-moi ou donnez-moi le poste 3500

(d) familiar (understand) comprendre^□, saisir^□ ;

∎ I don't get it, I don't get the point je ne comprends ou ne saisis pas, je n'y suis pas du tout;

∎ I don't get you or your meaning je ne comprends pas ce que vous voulez dire;

∎ if you get my meaning si tu vois ce que je veux dire^□ ;

∎ don't get me wrong comprenez-moi bien;

∎ I think he's got the message now je crois qu'il a compris maintenant;

∎ I don't get the joke je ne vois pas ce qui est (si) drôle^□ ;

∎ get it?, get me?, get my drift? tu saisis?, tu piges?;

∎ (I've) got it! ça y est!^□, j'y suis!^□ ;

∎ oh, I get you! ah! j'ai pigé!

(e) (take note of) remarquer;

∎ did you get his address? lui avez-vous demandé son adresse?

(f) familiar (look at) viser;

∎ get him! who does he think he is? vise un peu ce mec, mais pour qui il se prend?;

∎ get (a load of) that! vise un peu ça!

(g) familiar (listen to) écouter^□ ;

∎ get a load of this! écoute un peu ça!;

∎ get him! écoute-le, celui-là!;

E.

(a) familiar (hit) atteindre^□ ; (hit and kill) tuer^□ ;

∎ she got him in the face with a pie elle lui a jeté une tarte à la crème à la figure;

∎ the bullet got him in the back il a pris la balle ou la balle l'a atteint dans le dos;

∎ a car got him il a été tué par une voiture

(b) familiar (harm, punish)

∎ everyone's out to get me tout le monde est après moi

(c) familiar (take vengeance on) se venger de^□ ;

∎ we'll get you for this! on te revaudra ça!;

∎ I'll get him for that! je lui revaudrai ça!

(d) familiar (affect physically)

∎ the pain gets me in the back j'ai des douleurs dans le dos^□

(e) familiar (affect emotionally) émouvoir^□ ;

∎ that song really gets me cette chanson me fait vraiment quelque chose

(f) familiar (baffle, puzzle)

∎ you've got me there alors là, aucune idée

(g) familiar (irritate) énerver^□, agacer^□ ;

∎ it really gets me when you're late qu'est-ce que ça peut m'énerver quand tu es en retard!

(h) American (learn) apprendre;

∎ to get sth by heart apprendre qch par cœur

(i) archaic (beget) engendrer;

∎ to get sb with child faire un enfant à qn

(j) Radio & Television (signal, station) capter, recevoir

(k) familiar (idiom)

∎ he got his in Vietnam il est mort au Viêt Nam^□

2 intransitive verb

A.

(a) (become) devenir;

∎ I'm getting hungry/thirsty je commence à avoir faim/soif;

∎ get dressed! habille-toi!;

∎ to get fat grossir;

∎ to get married se marier;

∎ to get divorced divorcer;

∎ don't get lost! ne vous perdez pas!;

∎ how did that vase get broken? comment se fait-il que ce vase soit cassé?;

∎ he got so he didn't want to go out any more il en est arrivé à ne plus vouloir sortir;

∎ to get old vieillir;

∎ it's getting late il se fait tard;

∎ this is getting boring ça devient ennuyeux;

∎ to get used to sth/doing sth s'habituer à qch/à faire qch;

∎ familiar will you get with it! mais réveille-toi un peu!

(b) (used to form passive)

∎ to get elected se faire élire, être élu;

∎ suppose he gets killed et s'il se fait tuer?;

∎ to get drowned se noyer;

∎ we got paid last week on a été payés la semaine dernière;

∎ I'm always getting invited to parties on m'invite toujours à des soirées

(c) (with present participle) (start) commencer à, se mettre à;

∎ let's get going or moving! (let's leave) allons-y!; (let's hurry) dépêchons(-nous)!, grouillons-nous!; (let's start to work) au travail!;

∎ I'll get going on that right away je m'y mets tout de suite;

∎ I can't seem to get going today je n'arrive pas à m'activer aujourd'hui;

∎ she got talking to the neighbours elle s'est mise à discuter avec les voisins;

∎ we got talking about racism nous en sommes venus à parler de racisme;

∎ he got to thinking about it il s'est mis à réfléchir à la question

B.

(a) (go) aller, se rendre; (arrive) arriver;

∎ when did you get home? quand es-tu rentré?;

∎ it's nice to get home ça fait du bien de rentrer chez soi;

∎ how do you get to the museum? comment est-ce qu'on fait pour aller au musée?;

∎ how did you get in here? comment êtes-vous entré?;

∎ they should get here today ils devraient arriver ici aujourd'hui;

∎ how did you get here? comment es-tu venu?;

∎ how did that bicycle get here? comment se fait-il que ce vélo se trouve ici?;

∎ I took the train from Madrid to get there j'ai pris le train de Madrid pour y aller;

∎ she's successful now but it took her a while to get there elle a une bonne situation maintenant, mais ça ne s'est pas fait du jour au lendemain;

∎ he got as far as buying the tickets il est allé jusqu'à acheter les billets;

∎ I'd hoped things wouldn't get this far j'avais espéré qu'on n'en arriverait pas là;

∎ are you getting anywhere with that report? il avance, ce rapport?;

∎ now you're getting somewhere! enfin tu avances!;

∎ I'm not getting anywhere or I'm getting nowhere with this project je fais du surplace avec ce projet;

∎ we're not getting anywhere with this meeting cette réunion est une perte de temps;

∎ she won't get anywhere or she'll get nowhere if she's rude to people elle n'arrivera à rien en étant grossière avec les gens;

∎ where's your sister got to? où est passée ta sœur?;

∎ where did my keys get to? où sont passées mes clés?

(b) (move in specified direction)

∎ he got along the ledge as best he could il a avancé le long du rebord du mieux qu'il pouvait;

∎ she got behind a tree elle s'est mise derrière un arbre;

∎ to get into bed se coucher;

∎ get in or into the car! monte dans la voiture!;

∎ get over here! viens ici!;

∎ we couldn't get past the truck nous ne pouvions pas passer le camion

(c) (with infinitive) (start) commencer à, se mettre à;

∎ each city is getting to look like another toutes les grandes villes commencent à se ressembler;

∎ to get to know sb apprendre à connaître qn;

∎ we got to like her husband nous nous sommes mis à apprécier ou à aimer son mari;

∎ you'll get to like it in the end ça finira par te plaire;

∎ his father got to hear of the rumours son père a fini par entendre les rumeurs;

∎ he's getting to be known il commence à être connu, il se fait connaître;

∎ they got to talking about the past ils en sont venus ou ils se sont mis à parler du passé

(d) (become) devenir;

∎ it's getting to be impossible to find a flat ça devient impossible de trouver un appartement;

∎ she may get to be president one day elle pourrait devenir ou être président un jour;

∎ they got to be friends ils sont devenus amis

(e) (manage) réussir à;

∎ we never got to see that film nous n'avons jamais réussi à ou nous ne sommes jamais arrivés à voir ce film;

∎ I didn't get to speak to him in person je n'ai pas pu lui parler en personne

(f) familiar (be allowed to)

∎ he never gets to stay up late on ne le laisse jamais se coucher tard^□ ;

∎ I never get to drive on ne me laisse jamais conduire^□

(g) familiar (leave) se tirer;

∎ get! fous le camp!, tire-toi!

3 noun

familiar (in tennis) beau retour^□ m

➲ get about intransitive verb

(a) (be up and about, move around) se déplacer;

∎ how do you get about town? comment vous déplacez-vous en ville?;

∎ she gets about on crutches/in a wheelchair elle se déplace avec des béquilles/en chaise roulante;

∎ I don't get about much these days je ne me déplace pas beaucoup ces temps-ci

(b) (travel) voyager;

∎ I get about quite a bit in my job je suis assez souvent en déplacement pour mon travail

(c) (be socially active)

∎ she certainly gets about elle connaît beaucoup de monde

(d) (story, rumour) se répandre, circuler;

∎ the news or it got about that they were splitting up la nouvelle de leur séparation s'est répandue

➲ get across

1 intransitive verb

(a) (succeed in crossing) traverser, passer;

∎ the river was flooded but we managed to get across la rivière était en crue mais nous avons réussi à traverser

(b) (be communicated)

∎ our message is not getting across notre message ne passe pas

2 separable transitive verb

(a) (over water, street → person) faire traverser;

∎ we couldn't get the supplies across (across the river) nous ne pouvions pas faire passer les vivres de l'autre côté;

∎ it was easy to get the people across (across the border) il était facile de faire passer les gens

(b) (communicate) communiquer;

∎ I can't seem to get the idea across to them je n'arrive pas à leur faire comprendre ça;

∎ he managed to get his point across il a réussi à faire passer son message

➲ get after inseparable transitive verb

poursuivre

➲ get ahead intransitive verb

(succeed) réussir, arriver;

∎ to get ahead in life or in the world réussir dans la vie;

∎ if you want to get ahead at the office, you have to work si tu veux de l'avancement au bureau, il faut que tu travailles

➲ get along intransitive verb

(a) (fare, manage) aller;

∎ how are you getting along? comment vas-tu?, comment ça va?;

∎ she's getting along well in her new job elle se débrouille bien dans son nouveau travail;

∎ we can get along without him nous pouvons nous passer de lui ou nous débrouiller sans lui

(b) (advance, progress) avancer, progresser;

∎ the patient is getting along nicely le patient est en bonne voie ou fait des progrès

(c) (be on good terms) s'entendre;

∎ we get along fine nous nous entendons très bien, nous faisons bon ménage;

∎ she doesn't get along with my mother elle ne s'entend pas avec ma mère;

∎ she's easy to get along with elle est facile à vivre

(d) (move away) s'en aller, partir; (go) aller, se rendre;

∎ it's time for me to be getting along, it's time I was getting along il est temps que je parte;

∎ I must be getting along to the office il faut que j'aille au bureau;

∎ British get along with you! (leave) va-t'en!, fiche le camp!; familiar (I don't believe you) à d'autres!

➲ get around

1 inseparable transitive verb

(obstacle, problem) contourner; (law, rule) tourner;

∎ there's no getting around it, we'll have to tell her il n'y a pas d'autre moyen, il va falloir que nous le lui disions;

∎ there's no getting around the fact that he lied to us il reste qu'il nous a menti

2 intransitive verb

= get about

➲ get around to inseparable transitive verb

∎ she won't get around to reading it before tomorrow elle n'arrivera pas à (trouver le temps de) le lire avant demain;

∎ he finally got around to fixing the radiator il a fini par ou il est finalement arrivé à réparer le radiateur;

∎ it was some time before I got around to writing to her j'ai mis pas mal de temps avant de lui écrire

➲ get at inseparable transitive verb

(a) (reach → object, shelf) atteindre; (→ place) parvenir à, atteindre;

∎ I've put the pills where the children can't get at them j'ai mis les pilules là où les enfants ne peuvent pas les prendre;

∎ familiar just let me get at him! si jamais il me tombe sous la main!

(b) (discover) trouver;

∎ to get at the truth découvrir la vérité

(c) (mean, intend) entendre;

∎ I see what you're getting at je vois où vous voulez en venir;

∎ just what are you getting at? qu'est-ce que vous entendez par là?, où voulez-vous en venir?;

∎ what I'm getting at is why did she leave now? ce que je veux dire, c'est pourquoi est-elle partie maintenant?

(d) familiar (criticize) s'en prendre à^□, s'attaquer à^□ ;

∎ you're always getting at me tu t'en prends toujours à moi

(e) familiar (bribe, influence) acheter, suborner^□ ;

∎ the witnesses had been got at les témoins avaient été achetés

➲ get away

1 intransitive verb

(a) (leave) s'en aller, partir;

∎ she has to get away from home/her parents il faut qu'elle parte de chez elle/s'éloigne de ses parents;

∎ I was in a meeting and couldn't get away j'étais en réunion et je ne pouvais pas m'échapper ou m'en aller;

∎ will you be able to get away at Christmas? allez-vous pouvoir partir (en vacances) à Noël?;

∎ to get away from the daily grind échapper au train-train quotidien;

∎ get away from it all, come to Florida! quittez tout, venez en Floride!;

∎ she's gone off for a couple of weeks to get away from it all elle est partie quelques semaines loin de tout

(b) (move away) s'éloigner;

∎ get away from that door! éloignez-vous ou écartez-vous de cette porte!;

∎ get away from me! fichez-moi le camp!

(c) (escape) s'échapper, se sauver;

∎ the murderer got away l'assassin s'est échappé;

∎ the thief got away with all the jewels le voleur est parti ou s'est sauvé avec tous les bijoux;

∎ there's no getting away from or you can't get away from the fact that the other solution would have been cheaper on ne peut pas nier (le fait) que l'autre solution aurait coûté moins cher;

∎ you can't get away from it, there's no getting away from it c'est comme ça, on n'y peut rien

(d) British familiar (idiom)

∎ get away (with you)! à d'autres!

2 separable transitive verb

(remove → person) emmener;

∎ get that child away from the road! éloignez cet enfant de la route!;

∎ get me away from here! fais-moi sortir d'ici!;

∎ get your dog away from my garden! faites sortir votre chien de mon jardin!;

∎ they managed to get him away from the TV ils ont fini par l'arracher de devant la télévision;

∎ to get sth away from sb prendre qch à qn

➲ get away with inseparable transitive verb

∎ he got away with cheating on his taxes personne ne s'est aperçu qu'il avait fraudé le fisc;

∎ I can't believe you got away with it! je n'arrive pas à croire que personne ne t'ait rien dit!;

∎ he got away with a small fine il s'en est tiré avec une petite amende;

∎ that child gets away with murder on laisse tout faire à ce gamin;

∎ her skirt is really tiny but she gets away with it sa jupe est vraiment très courte mais elle peut se le permettre

➲ get back

1 intransitive verb

(a) (move backwards) reculer;

∎ get back! éloignez-vous!, reculez!

(b) (return) revenir, retourner;

∎ I can't wait to get back home je suis impatient de rentrer (à la maison);

∎ get back in bed! va te recoucher!, retourne au lit!;

∎ I got back in the car/on the bus je suis remonté dans la voiture/dans le bus;

∎ to get back to sleep se rendormir;

∎ to get back to work (after break) se remettre au travail; (after holiday, illness) reprendre le travail;

∎ things eventually got back to normal les choses ont peu à peu repris leur cours (normal);

∎ getting or to get back to the point pour en revenir au sujet qui nous préoccupe;

∎ let's get back to your basic reasons for leaving revenons aux raisons pour lesquelles vous voulez partir;

∎ I'll get back to you on that (call back) je vous rappelle pour vous dire ce qu'il en est; (discuss again) nous reparlerons de cela plus tard

(c) (return to political power) revenir;

∎ do you think the Democrats will get back in? croyez-vous que le parti démocrate reviendra au pouvoir?

2 separable transitive verb

(a) (recover → something lost or lent) récupérer; (→ force, strength) reprendre, récupérer; (→ health, motivation) retrouver;

∎ he got his job back il a été repris;

∎ I got back nearly all the money I invested j'ai récupéré presque tout l'argent que j'avais investi;

∎ you'll have to get your money back from the shop il faut que vous vous fassiez rembourser par le magasin

(b) (return) rendre;

∎ we have to get this book back to her il faut que nous lui rendions ce livre

(c) (return to original place) remettre, replacer;

∎ I can't get it back in the box je n'arrive pas à le remettre ou le faire rentrer dans le carton;

∎ I want to get these suitcases back down to the cellar je veux redescendre ces valises à la cave;

∎ he managed to get the children back to bed il a réussi à remettre les enfants au lit

(d) familiar (idiom)

∎ to get one's own back (on sb) se venger (de qn)^□

➲ get back at inseparable transitive verb

se venger de;

∎ he only said it to get back at him il n'a dit ça que pour se venger de lui

➲ get behind

1 intransitive verb

(gen) rester à l'arrière, se laisser distancer; Sport se laisser distancer; figurative prendre du retard;

∎ he got behind with his work il a pris du retard dans son travail;

∎ we mustn't get behind with the rent il ne faut pas qu'on soit en retard pour le loyer

2 inseparable transitive verb

(support, sympathize with) appuyer

➲ get by

1 intransitive verb

(a) (pass) passer;

∎ let me get by laissez-moi passer

(b) (be acceptable) passer, être acceptable;

∎ their work just about gets by leur travail est tout juste passable ou acceptable

(c) (manage, survive) se débrouiller, s'en sortir;

∎ how do you get by on that salary? comment tu te débrouilles ou tu t'en sors avec un salaire comme ça?;

∎ they get by as best they can ils se débrouillent ou s'en sortent tant bien que mal;

∎ we can get by without him nous pouvons nous passer de lui ou nous débrouiller sans lui

2 inseparable transitive verb

(a) (move past)

∎ can you get by the washing machine? est-ce que vous avez assez de place pour passer à côté de la machine à laver?

(b) (escape attention of → censor, editor) échapper à;

∎ her film got by the censors son film a échappé à l'attention de la censure

➲ get down

1 intransitive verb

descendre;

∎ get down off that chair! descends de cette chaise!;

∎ may I get down (from the table)? (leave the table) puis-je sortir de table?;

∎ they got down on their knees ils se sont mis à genoux;

∎ get down! (hide) couchez-vous!; (to dog) bas les pattes!

2 separable transitive verb

(a) (bring, fetch down → book from shelf etc) descendre

(b) (reduce → temperature, inflation etc) faire baisser;

∎ to get one's weight down perdre du poids

(c) (write down) noter;

∎ I didn't manage to get down what she said je n'ai pas réussi à noter ce qu'elle a dit

(d) (depress) déprimer, démoraliser;

∎ work is really getting me down at the moment le travail me déprime vraiment en ce moment;

∎ this rainy weather gets him down cette pluie lui fiche le cafard;

∎ don't let it get you down ne te laisse pas abattre

(e) (swallow) avaler, faire descendre

➲ get down to inseparable transitive verb

se mettre à;

∎ I have to get down to balancing the books il faut que je me mette à faire les comptes;

∎ it's not so difficult once you get down to it ce n'est pas si difficile une fois qu'on s'y met;

∎ he got down to working on it this morning il s'y est mis ou s'y est attelé ce matin;

∎ it's hard getting down to work after the weekend c'est difficile de reprendre le travail après le week-end;

∎ we eventually got down to details nous avons fini par en arriver aux détails;

∎ when you get down to it, there's very little difference between them en fin de compte, il y a très peu de différence entre eux

➲ get in

1 intransitive verb

(a) (into building) entrer;

∎ the thief got in through the window le cambrioleur est entré par la fenêtre;

∎ a car pulled up and she got in une voiture s'est arrêtée et elle est montée dedans;

∎ water had got in everywhere l'eau avait pénétré partout

(b) (return home) rentrer;

∎ we got in about 4 a.m. nous sommes rentrés vers 4 heures du matin

(c) (arrive) arriver;

∎ what time does your plane get in? à quelle heure ton avion arrive-t-il?

(d) (be admitted → to club) se faire admettre; (→ to school, university) entrer, être admis ou reçu;

∎ he applied to Oxford but he didn't get in il voulait entrer à Oxford mais il n'a pas pu

(e) (be elected → person) être élu; (→ party) accéder au pouvoir

(f) familiar (become involved) participer^□ ;

∎ she got in at the beginning elle est arrivée au début^□

(g) (interject) glisser;

∎ "what about me?" she managed to get in "et moi?" réussit-elle à glisser

2 separable transitive verb

(a) (fit in)

∎ I hope to get in a bit of reading on holiday j'espère pouvoir lire ou que je trouverai le temps de lire pendant mes vacances;

∎ she got in some last-minute revision before the exam elle a réussi à faire des révisions de dernière minute avant l'examen

(b) (insert) faire pénétrer;

∎ I couldn't get a word in je n'ai pas pu placer un mot, je n'ai pas pu en placer une

(c) (collect, gather → crops) rentrer, engranger; (→ debts) recouvrer; (→ taxes) percevoir

(d) (lay in)

∎ I must get in some more coal je dois faire une provision de charbon;

∎ to get in supplies s'approvisionner

(e) (call in → doctor, plumber) faire venir; (→ dog, cat) faire rentrer;

∎ shouldn't Elaine be in on this meeting? - of course, could you get her in? on n'a pas besoin d'Elaine pour cette réunion? - si, bien sûr, tu peux lui demander de venir?

(f) (hand in, submit) rendre, remettre;

∎ did you get your application in on time? as-tu remis ton dossier de candidature à temps?

(g) (cause to be admitted → to club, university) faire admettre ou accepter; (cause to be elected) faire élire

(h) (plant → seeds) planter, semer; (→ bulbs, plants) planter

(i) British familiar (pay for, stand) payer^□, offrir^□ ;

∎ he got the next round in il a payé la tournée suivante

3 inseparable transitive verb

(building) entrer dans; (vehicle) monter dans;

∎ he had just got in the door when the phone rang il venait juste d'arriver ou d'entrer quand le téléphone a sonné

➲ get in on

1 inseparable transitive verb

∎ to get in on a deal prendre part à un marché;

∎ to get in on the fun se mettre de la partie

2 separable transitive verb

faire participer à;

∎ he got me in on the deal il m'a intéressé à l'affaire

➲ get into

1 inseparable transitive verb

(a) (building) entrer dans; (vehicle) monter dans

(b) (arrive in) arriver à;

∎ we get into Madrid at 3 o'clock nous arrivons à Madrid à 3 heures;

∎ the train got into the station le train est entré en gare

(c) (put on → dress, shirt, shoes) mettre; (→ trousers, stockings) enfiler, mettre; (→ coat) endosser;

∎ she got into her clothes elle a mis ses vêtements ou s'est habillée;

∎ can you still get into your jeans? est-ce que tu rentres encore dans ton jean?

(d) (be admitted to → club, school, university) entrer dans;

∎ he'd like to get into the club il voudrait devenir membre du club;

∎ her daughter got into medical school sa fille a été admise dans ou est entrée dans une école de médecine;

∎ to get into office être élu

(e) (become involved in)

∎ he wants to get into politics il veut se lancer dans la politique;

∎ they got into a conversation about South Africa ils se sont mis à parler de l'Afrique du Sud;

∎ we got into a fight over who had to do the dishes nous nous sommes disputés pour savoir qui devait faire la vaisselle;

∎ this is not the moment to get into that ce n'est pas le moment de parler de ça

(f) familiar (take up) s'intéresser à^□ ;

∎ he got into Eastern religions il a commencé à s'intéresser aux religions orientales;

∎ it's a hard book to get into c'est un livre dans lequel il est difficile de rentrer ^□

(g) (become accustomed to)

∎ he soon got into her way of doing things il s'est vite fait ou s'est vite mis à sa façon de faire les choses

(h) (experience a specified condition or state)

∎ to get into debt s'endetter;

∎ he got into a real mess il s'est mis dans un vrai pétrin;

∎ the children were always getting into mischief les enfants passaient leur temps à faire des bêtises;

∎ I got into a real state about the test j'étais dans tous mes états à cause du test;

∎ she got into trouble with the teacher elle a eu des ennuis avec le professeur

(i) (cause to act strangely) prendre;

∎ what's got into you? qu'est-ce qui te prend?, quelle mouche te pique?;

∎ I wonder what got into him to make him act like that je me demande ce qui l'a poussé à réagir comme ça

2 separable transitive verb

(a) (insert into)

∎ to get sth into sth (faire) (r)entrer qch dans qch;

∎ to get the key into the lock mettre ou introduire la clef dans la serrure;

∎ to get an article into a paper faire accepter un article par un journal;

∎ to get an idea into one's head se mettre une idée en tête;

∎ familiar when will you get it into your thick head that I don't want to go? quand est-ce que tu vas enfin comprendre que je ne veux pas y aller?^□

(b) (cause to be admitted to → club) faire entrer à; (→ school, university) faire entrer dans;

∎ he got his friend into the club il a permis à son ami de devenir membre du club;

∎ the president got his son into Harvard le président a fait entrer ou accepter ou admettre son fils à Harvard

(c) (cause to be in a specified condition or state) mettre;

∎ she got herself into a terrible state elle s'est mis dans tous ses états;

∎ he got them into a lot of trouble il leur a attiré de gros ennuis

(d) (involve in) impliquer dans, entraîner dans;

∎ you're the one who got us into this c'est toi qui nous as embarqués dans cette histoire

(e) familiar (make interested in) faire découvrir^□ ; (accustom to) habituer à^□, faire prendre l'habitude de^□ ;

∎ he got me into jazz il m'a initié au jazz^□

➲ get in with inseparable transitive verb

(a) (ingratiate oneself with) s'insinuer dans ou s'attirer les bonnes grâces de, se faire bien voir de;

∎ they tried to get in with the new director ils ont essayé de se faire bien voir du nouveau directeur

(b) (associate with → person, group etc) fréquenter;

∎ he has got in with a new gang il n'est pas plus avec la même bande;

∎ she got in with the wrong crowd at school elle avait de mauvaises fréquentations à l'école

➲ get off

1 intransitive verb

(a) (leave bus, train etc) descendre;

∎ get off at the next stop descendez au prochain arrêt;

∎ familiar I told him where to get off! je l'ai envoyé sur les roses!, je l'ai envoyé promener!;

∎ familiar where do you get off telling me what to do? qu'est-ce qui te prend de me dicter ce que je dois faire?

(b) (depart → person) s'en aller, partir; (→ car) démarrer; (→ plane) décoller; (→ letter, parcel) partir;

∎ I have to be getting off to work il faut que j'aille au travail;

∎ figurative the project got off to a bad/good start le projet a pris un mauvais/bon départ

(c) (leave work) finir, s'en aller; (take time off) se libérer;

∎ what time do you get off? à quelle heure finissez-vous?;

∎ can you get off early tomorrow? peux-tu quitter le travail de bonne heure demain?

(d) (escape punishment) s'en sortir, s'en tirer, en être quitte;

∎ she didn't think she'd get off so lightly elle n'espérait pas s'en tirer à si bon compte;

∎ the students got off with a fine/warning les étudiants en ont été quittes pour une amende/un avertissement

(e) (let go of something) lâcher;

∎ hey! get off! that's MY book! hé! laisse ça! c'est mon livre ou c'est à moi ce livre!

(f) (go to sleep) s'endormir

2 inseparable transitive verb

(a) (leave → bus, train, plane etc) descendre de

(b) (descend from → bike, wall, chair etc) descendre de;

∎ he got off his horse il est descendu de cheval;

∎ if only the boss would get off my back si seulement le patron me fichait la paix

(c) (depart from) partir de, décamper de;

∎ get off my property fichez le camp de chez moi;

∎ get off the grass! ne marche pas sur la pelouse!;

∎ we got off the road to let the ambulance pass nous sommes sortis de la route pour laisser passer l'ambulance

(d) (let go of)

∎ get off me! laisse-moi tranquille!, lâche-moi!

(e) (escape from) se libérer de; (avoid) échapper à;

∎ she managed to get off work elle a réussi à se libérer;

∎ how did you get off doing the housework? comment as-tu fait pour échapper au ménage?

3 separable transitive verb

(a) (cause to leave, climb down) faire descendre;

∎ get the cat off the table fais descendre le chat de (sur) la table;

∎ the conductor got the passengers off the train le conducteur a fait descendre les passagers du train;

∎ figurative try to get her mind off her troubles essaie de lui changer les idées

(b) (send) envoyer, faire partir;

∎ I want to get this letter off je veux expédier cette lettre ou mettre cette lettre à la poste;

∎ she got the boys off to school elle a expédié ou envoyé les garçons à l'école;

∎ we got him off on the morning train nous l'avons mis au train du matin

(c) (remove → clothing, lid) enlever, ôter; (→ stains) faire partir ou disparaître, enlever;

∎ I can't get this ink off my hands je n'arrive pas à faire partir cette encre de mes mains;

∎ get your hands off that cake! ne touche pas à ce gâteau!;

∎ get your hands off me! ne me touche pas!;

∎ get your feet off the table! enlève tes pieds de sur la table!;

∎ figurative he'd like to get that house off his hands il aimerait bien se débarrasser de cette maison

(d) (free from punishment) tirer d'affaire; (in court) faire acquitter;

∎ he'll need a good lawyer to get him off il lui faudra un bon avocat pour se tirer d'affaire;

∎ to get sb off doing sth dispenser qn de faire qch

(e) (put to sleep) endormir;

∎ I've just managed to get the baby off (to sleep) je viens de réussir à endormir le bébé

(f) (have as holiday)

∎ to get a day/week off prendre un jour/une semaine de congé;

∎ can you get tomorrow afternoon/next week off? est-ce que tu peux prendre un congé demain après-midi/la semaine prochaine?

(g) (obtain)

∎ to get sth off sb obtenir qch de qn;

∎ I got that story off the woman next door je tiens cette histoire de la voisine;

∎ I got this cold off the woman next door la voisine m'a passé son rhume

➲ get off on inseparable transitive verb

(a) familiar (sexually)

∎ he gets off on pornographic films il prend son pied en regardant des films pornos;

∎ is that what you get off on? c'est comme ça que tu prends ton pied?;

∎ figurative he gets off on teasing people il adore taquiner les gens^□ ;

∎ I really get off on hip-hop! j'adore le hip-hop!^□

(b) very familiar drugs slang

∎ he gets off on heroin il se défonce à l'héroïne

➲ get off with inseparable transitive verb

British familiar

∎ to get off with sb faire une touche avec qn

➲ get on

1 intransitive verb

(a) (on bus, plane, train) monter; (on ship) monter à bord

(b) (fare, manage)

∎ how's your husband getting on? comment va votre mari?;

∎ how did he get on at the interview? comment s'est passé son entretien?, comment ça a marché pour son entretien?;

∎ you'll get on far better if you think about it first tout ira mieux si tu réfléchis avant

(c) (make progress) avancer, progresser;

∎ Jennifer is getting on very well in maths Jennifer se débrouille très bien en maths;

∎ how's your work getting on? ça avance, ton travail?

(d) (succeed) réussir, arriver;

∎ to get on in life or in the world faire son chemin ou réussir dans la vie;

∎ some say that in order to get on, you often have to compromise il y a des gens qui disent que pour réussir (dans la vie), il faut souvent faire des compromis

(e) (continue) continuer;

∎ we must be getting on il faut que nous partions;

∎ do you think we can get on with the meeting now? croyez-vous que nous puissions poursuivre notre réunion maintenant?;

∎ get on with your work! allez! au travail!;

∎ they got on with the job ils se sont remis au travail

(f) (be on good terms) s'entendre;

∎ my mother and I get on well je m'entends bien avec ma mère;

∎ they don't get on ils ne s'entendent pas;

∎ she's never got on with him elle ne s'est jamais entendue avec lui;

∎ to be difficult/easy to get on with être difficile/facile à vivre

(g) (grow late → time)

∎ time's getting on il se fait tard;

∎ it was getting on in the evening, the evening was getting on la soirée tirait à sa fin

(h) (grow old → person) se faire vieux (vieille);

∎ she's getting on (in years) elle commence à se faire vieille

(i) (idioms)

∎ get on with it! (continue speaking) continuez!; (continue working) allez! au travail!; (hurry up) mais dépêchez-vous enfin!;

∎ familiar get on with you! (I don't believe you) à d'autres!

2 inseparable transitive verb

(bus, train) monter dans; (plane) monter dans, monter à bord de; (ship) monter à bord de; (bed, horse, table, bike) monter sur;

∎ he got on his bike il est monté sur ou il a enfourché son vélo;

∎ get on your feet levez-vous, mettez-vous debout;

∎ how did these papers get on my desk? comment est-ce que ces papiers se sont retrouvés ou sont arrivés sur mon bureau?;

∎ figurative it took the patient a while to get (back) on his feet le patient a mis longtemps à se remettre

3 separable transitive verb

(a) (help onto → bus, train) faire monter dans; (→ bed, bike, horse, table) faire monter sur;

∎ they got him on his feet ils l'ont mis debout;

∎ figurative the doctor got her on her feet le médecin l'a remise sur pied

(b) (coat, gloves, shoes) mettre, enfiler; (lid) mettre;

∎ I can't get these trousers on any more je n'entre plus dans ce pantalon

(c) American familiar

∎ to get it on (with sb) (have sex) s'envoyer en l'air (avec qn); (fight) se friter (avec qn);

∎ to get it on (get started) s'y mettre^□

➲ get on for inseparable transitive verb

∎ the president is getting on for sixty le président approche de la soixantaine ou a presque soixante ans;

∎ it's getting on for midnight il est presque minuit, il n'est pas loin de minuit;

∎ it's getting on for three weeks since we saw her ça va faire bientôt trois semaines que nous ne l'avons pas vue;

∎ there were getting on for ten thousand demonstrators il n'y avait pas loin ou il y avait près de dix mille manifestants

➲ get onto

1 inseparable transitive verb

(a) = get on inseparable transitive verb

(b) (turn attention to)

∎ to get onto a subject or onto a topic aborder un sujet;

∎ how did we get onto reincarnation? comment est-ce qu'on en est venus à parler de réincarnation?;

∎ I'll get right onto it! je vais m'y mettre tout de suite!

(c) (contact) prendre contact avec, se mettre en rapport avec; (speak to) parler à; (call) téléphoner à, donner un coup de fil à

(d) familiar (become aware of) découvrir^□ ;

∎ the plan worked well until the police got onto it le plan marchait bien jusqu'à ce que la police tombe dessus

(e) (nag, rebuke) harceler;

∎ his father is always getting onto him to find a job son père est toujours à le harceler pour qu'il trouve du travail

(f) (be elected to)

∎ he got onto the school board il a été élu au conseil d'administration de l'école

2 separable transitive verb

(a) = get on separable transitive verb

(a)

(b) (cause to talk about) faire parler de, amener à parler de;

∎ we got him onto (the subject of) his activities in the Resistance nous l'avons amené à parler de ses activités dans la Résistance

➲ get out

1 intransitive verb

(a) (leave building, room etc) sortir; (leave vehicle) descendre; (leave organization, town) quitter;

∎ he got out of the car il est sorti de la voiture;

∎ to get out of bed se lever, sortir de son lit;

∎ you'd better get out of here tu ferais bien de partir ou sortir;

∎ get out! sortez!;

∎ get out of here! (leave) sortez d'ici!; American familiar (I don't believe it) mon œil!;

∎ to get out while the going is good partir au bon moment

(b) (go out) sortir;

∎ they don't get out much ils ne sortent pas beaucoup

(c) (be released from prison, hospital) sortir

(d) (information, news) se répandre, s'ébruiter;

∎ the secret got out le secret a été éventé

(e) (escape) s'échapper;

∎ the prisoner got out of his cell le prisonnier s'est échappé de sa cellule;

∎ he was lucky to get out alive il a eu de la chance de s'en sortir vivant

(f) American (empty)

∎ theaters were getting out les gens sortaient des théâtres

2 separable transitive verb

(a) (bring out → champagne, furniture, books, car) sortir; (person) (faire) sortir;

∎ to get a book out from the library emprunter un livre à la bibliothèque

(b) (produce, publish → book) publier, sortir; (→ list) établir, dresser

(c) (speak with difficulty) prononcer, sortir;

∎ I could barely get a word out c'est à peine si je pouvais dire ou prononcer ou sortir un mot;

∎ familiar to get out from under s'en sortir^□, s'en tirer^□

(d) (free → hostages etc) libérer

(e) (remove) enlever; (nail etc) arracher; (cork) retirer; (stain) faire disparaître

(f) Sport (in cricket → batsman) renverser le guichet à

➲ get out of

1 inseparable transitive verb

(a) (leave → building) sortir de; (car, train) descendre de;

∎ let's get out of here partons d'ici;

∎ he managed to get out of the country (criminal, refugee) il a réussi à quitter le pays;

∎ to get out of bed se lever;

∎ to get out of prison/the army sortir de prison/quitter l'armée;

∎ to get out of sb's way s'écarter du chemin de qn, faire place à qn;

∎ very familiar get the hell out of here! fiche(-moi) le camp!

(b) (avoid) éviter, échapper à; (obligation) se dérober ou se soustraire à;

∎ how did you get out of doing the dishes? comment as-tu pu échapper à la vaisselle?;

∎ he tried to get out of helping me il a essayé de se débrouiller pour ne pas devoir m'aider;

∎ we have to go, there's no getting out of it il faut qu'on y aille, il n'y a rien à faire ou il n'y a pas moyen d'y échapper;

∎ there's no getting out of it, you were the better candidate il faut le reconnaître ou il n'y a pas à dire, vous étiez le meilleur candidat

(c) (escape from)

∎ to get out of trouble se tirer d'affaire;

∎ they managed to get out of the clutches of the mafia ils ont réussi à se tirer des griffes de la mafia;

∎ how can I get out of this mess? comment puis-je me tirer de ce pétrin?

(d) (become unaccustomed to)

∎ to get out of (the habit of) doing sth perdre l'habitude de faire qch

2 separable transitive verb

(a) (take out of) sortir de;

∎ get the baby out of the house every now and then sors le bébé de temps en temps;

∎ she got a handkerchief out of her handbag elle a sorti un mouchoir de son sac à main;

∎ how many books did you get out of the library? combien de livres as-tu emprunté à ou sorti de la bibliothèque?

(b) (help to avoid)

∎ the lawyer got his client out of jail l'avocat a fait sortir son client de prison;

∎ figurative the phone call got her out of having to talk to me le coup de fil lui a évité d'avoir à me parler;

∎ he'll never get himself out of this one! il ne s'en sortira jamais!;

∎ my confession got him out of trouble ma confession l'a tiré d'affaire

(c) (extract → cork) sortir de; (→ nail, splinter) enlever de; (→ stain) faire partir de, enlever de;

∎ I can't get the cork out of the bottle je n'arrive pas à déboucher la bouteille;

∎ the police got a confession/the truth out of him la police lui a arraché une confession/la vérité;

∎ we got the money out of him nous avons réussi à obtenir l'argent de lui;

∎ I can't get anything out of him je ne peux rien tirer de lui;

∎ I can't get the idea out of my mind je ne peux pas chasser cette idée de mon esprit

(d) (gain from) gagner, retirer;

∎ to get a lot out of sth tirer (un) grand profit de qch;

∎ I didn't get much out of that class ce cours ne m'a pas apporté grand-chose, je n'ai pas retiré grand-chose de ce cours;

∎ the job was difficult but she got something out of it la tâche était difficile, mais elle y a trouvé son compte ou en a tiré profit

➲ get over

1 inseparable transitive verb

(a) (cross → river, street) traverser, franchir; (→ fence, wall) franchir, passer par-dessus

(b) (recover from → illness) se remettre de, guérir de; (→ accident) se remettre de; (→ loss) se remettre de, se consoler de;

∎ I'll never get over her je ne l'oublierai jamais;

∎ he can't get over her death il n'arrive pas à se remettre de sa mort ou disparition;

∎ we couldn't get over our surprise nous n'arrivions pas à nous remettre de notre surprise;

∎ I can't get over how much he's grown! qu'est-ce qu'il a grandi, je n'en reviens pas!;

∎ I can't get over it! je n'en reviens pas!;

∎ he couldn't get over the fact that she had come back il n'en revenait pas qu'elle soit revenue;

∎ I can't get over your having refused je n'en reviens pas que vous ayez refusé;

∎ he'll get over it! il n'en mourra pas!

(c) (master, overcome → obstacle) surmonter; (→ difficulty) surmonter, venir à bout de;

∎ they soon got over their shyness ils ont vite oublié ou surmonté leur timidité

2 separable transitive verb

(a) (cause to cross) faire traverser

(b) (communicate → idea, message) faire passer

3 intransitive verb

(a) (cross) traverser;

∎ to get over to France/America aller en France/Amérique;

∎ we'll try to get over next weekend (to visit) nous essayerons de venir vous voir le week-end prochain

(b) (idea, message) passer

➲ get over with inseparable transitive verb

(finish with) en finir avec;

∎ let's get it over with finissons-en;

∎ I expect you'll be glad to get it over with j'imagine que vous serez soulagé quand ce sera terminé

➲ get round

1 inseparable transitive verb

(a) = get around

(b) (exhibition, museum) faire le tour de; (corner) passer

2 separable transitive verb

∎ (bring, take) I'll get the books round (to you) as soon as I can je t'apporterai les livres dès que je le pourrai

3 intransitive verb

(a) = get about

(b) the doctor said she'd get round as soon as she could le docteur a dit qu'elle viendrait ou passerait dès qu'elle pourrait;

∎ I didn't manage to get round to each pupil in the class je n'ai pas réussi à m'occuper de chaque élève de la classe

➲ get round to inseparable transitive verb

= get around to

➲ get through

1 intransitive verb

(a) (reach destination) parvenir;

∎ the road was blocked and no one could get through la route était bloquée et personne ne pouvait passer;

∎ they managed to get through to the wounded ils ont réussi à parvenir jusqu'aux blessés;

∎ the letter got through to her la lettre lui est parvenue;

∎ the message didn't get through le message n'est pas arrivé;

∎ despite the crowds, I managed to get through malgré la foule, j'ai réussi à passer

(b) (candidate, student → succeed) réussir; (→ in exam) être reçu, réussir;

∎ the team got through to the final l'équipe s'est classée pour la finale

(c) (bill, motion) passer, être adopté ou voté

(d) (make oneself understood) se faire comprendre;

∎ I can't seem to get through to her elle et moi ne sommes pas sur la même longueur d'onde

(e) (contact) contacter; Telecommunications obtenir la communication;

∎ I can't get through to his office je n'arrive pas à avoir son bureau

(f) American (finish) finir, terminer;

∎ call me when you get through appelez-moi quand vous aurez ou avez fini

2 inseparable transitive verb

(a) (come through → hole, window) passer par; (→ crowd) se frayer un chemin à travers ou dans; (→ military lines) percer, franchir

(b) (survive → storm, winter) survivre à; (→ difficulty) se sortir de, se tirer de;

∎ he got through it alive il s'en est sorti (vivant)

(c) (complete, finish → book) finir, terminer; (→ job, project) achever, venir à bout de;

∎ I got through an enormous amount of work j'ai abattu beaucoup de travail;

∎ it took us one week to get through the entire play il nous a fallu une semaine pour venir à bout de la pièce

(d) (consume, use up) consommer, utiliser;

∎ we get through a litre of olive oil a week nous utilisons un litre d'huile d'olive par semaine;

∎ they got through their monthly salary in one week en une semaine ils avaient dépensé tout leur salaire du mois;

∎ he gets through eight shirts a week il salit huit chemises par semaine;

∎ we'll never get through all this food nous ne viendrons jamais à bout de toute cette nourriture

(e) (endure, pass → time) faire passer;

∎ how will I get through this without you? comment pourrai-je vivre cette épreuve sans toi?;

∎ they got through the day without a single argument ils ne se sont pas disputés une seule fois de toute la journée;

∎ the Government may have difficulty getting through another six months le gouvernement aura peut-être du mal à tenir encore six mois

(f) (exam) réussir, être reçu à

(g) (of bill, motion) passer;

∎ the bill got through both Houses le projet de loi a été adopté par les deux Chambres

3 separable transitive verb

(a) (transport, send successfully) faire parvenir;

∎ they got the food supplies through ils ont réussi à faire parvenir les provisions alimentaires (à destination);

∎ to get sth through customs (faire) passer qch à la douane;

∎ you'll never get that desk through tu n'arriveras jamais à faire passer ce bureau

(b) (transmit → message) faire passer, transmettre, faire parvenir;

∎ can you get this letter through to my family? pouvez-vous transmettre ou faire parvenir cette lettre à ma famille?

(c) (make understood)

∎ I finally got it through to him that I wasn't interested j'ai fini par lui faire comprendre que je n'étais pas intéressé;

∎ familiar when will you get it through your thick head that I don't want to go? quand est-ce que tu vas enfin comprendre que je ne veux pas y aller?^□

(d) (bill, motion) faire adopter, faire passer;

∎ the party got the bill through the Senate le parti a fait voter ou adopter le projet de loi par le Sénat

(e) (cause to succeed)

∎ it was your essay that got you through (the exam) c'est grâce à ta dissertation que tu as réussi l'examen

(f) (enable to endure)

∎ I need four cups of coffee to get me through the day il me faut mes quatre tasses de café par jour

➲ get through with inseparable transitive verb

terminer, finir

➲ get to inseparable transitive verb

(a) (reach) arriver à;

∎ where have you got to? (in book, work) où en es-tu?;

∎ it got to the point where he couldn't walk another step il en est arrivé au point de ne plus pouvoir faire un pas

(b) (deal with) s'occuper de;

∎ I'll get to you in a minute je suis à toi ou je m'occupe de toi dans quelques secondes;

∎ he'll get to it tomorrow il va s'en occuper demain

(c) familiar (have an effect on)

∎ that music really gets to me (moves me) cette musique me touche vraiment^□ ; (annoys me) cette musique me tape sur le système;

∎ don't let it get to you! ne t'énerve pas pour ça!

(d) American familiar

∎ they got to the witness (bribed) ils ont acheté le témoin; (killed) ils ont descendu le témoin

➲ get together

1 intransitive verb

(a) (meet) se réunir, se rassembler;

∎ can we get together after the meeting? on peut se retrouver après la réunion?

(b) (reach an agreement) se mettre d'accord;

∎ the committee got together on the date les membres du comité se sont entendus ou se sont mis d'accord sur la date;

∎ you'd better get together with him on the proposal vous feriez bien de vous entendre avec lui au sujet de la proposition

2 separable transitive verb

(people) réunir, rassembler; (things) rassembler, ramasser; (thoughts) rassembler;

∎ to get some money together réunir une somme d'argent;

∎ let me get my thoughts together laissez-moi rassembler mes idées;

∎ familiar to get one's act together se secouer;

∎ familiar she's really got it together (in life) elle sait ce qu'elle fait^□ ; (in job etc) elle domine son sujet^□ ;

∎ familiar I never thought he would get it together je n'aurais jamais pensé qu'il y arriverait^□

➲ get up

1 intransitive verb

(a) (arise from bed) se lever;

∎ it was 6 o'clock when we got up il était 6 heures quand nous nous sommes levés;

∎ I like to get up late on Sundays j'aime faire la grasse matinée le dimanche;

∎ get up! sors du lit!, debout!, lève-toi!

(b) (rise to one's feet) se lever, se mettre debout;

∎ she had to get up from her chair elle a été obligée de se lever de sa chaise;

∎ to get up from the table se lever ou sortir de table;

∎ get up off the floor! relève-toi!;

∎ please don't bother getting up restez assis, je vous prie

(c) (climb up) monter;

∎ they got up on the roof ils sont montés sur le toit;

∎ she got up behind him on the motorcycle elle est montée derrière lui sur la moto

(d) (of wind) se lever

(e) (to horse)

∎ get up! allez!

2 inseparable transitive verb

(stairs) monter; (ladder, tree) monter à; (hill) gravir

3 separable transitive verb

(a) (cause to rise to feet) faire lever; (awaken) réveiller

(b) (move up) monter;

∎ how are we going to get this desk up to the fifth floor? comment allons-nous monter ce bureau jusqu'au cinquième étage?;

∎ to get sb up the stairs (help climb) aider qn à monter l'escalier

(c) (generate, work up)

∎ to get up speed gagner de la vitesse;

∎ to get one's courage up rassembler son courage;

∎ I can't get up any enthusiasm for the job je n'arrive pas à éprouver d'enthousiasme pour ce travail

(d) familiar (organize → entertainment, party) organiser^□, monter^□ ; (→ petition) organiser^□ ; (→ play) monter^□ ; (→ excuse, story) fabriquer^□, forger^□

(e) (dress up) habiller; (in costume) déguiser;

∎ their children are always so nicely got up leurs enfants sont toujours si bien habillés;

∎ to get oneself up se mettre sur son trente et un

(f) familiar (study → subject) bûcher, travailler^□ ; (→ notes, speech) préparer^□

(g) very familiar (idiom)

∎ to get it up bander

➲ get up to inseparable transitive verb

(a) (do) faire;

∎ he gets up to all kinds of mischief il fait des tas de bêtises;

∎ what have you been getting up to lately? qu'est-ce que tu deviens?

(b) (reach)

∎ I've got up to chapter 5 j'en suis au chapitre 5;

∎ where have you got up to? (in book, work) où en êtes-vous?

Un panorama unique de l'anglais et du français > get
14 קדש

קָדַש(b. h.) (to be cut off, separated, v. Ges. Hebr. Dict.12> s. v.; cmp. פָּרַש, to be, become pure, sacred, holy. Y.Sabb.III, 5d bot.; ib. IV, end, 7a ק׳ עליו היום the day became holy upon him, i. e. the Sabbath commenced while he was engaged in doing something. Meil.II, 8 (10a) קָרְשוּ בכלים (Talm. ed. קדשן) after they have become sacred by being put in a sacred vessel (v. infra); Shebu.11a (Ms. F. קירשן). Bekh.4b קדשו בכורותוכ׳ the firstborn in the desert were consecrated; a. fr. Pi. קִרֵּש, קִי׳ 1) to sanctify, esp. ק׳ שם שמים, or ק׳ את השם to sanctify the name of the Lord, to manifest fidelity to religion by noble deeds, by martyrdom Sot.10b; 36b יוסף שק׳ שםוכ׳ Joseph who sanctified the name … in secret (when he resisted temptation); יהודה שק׳וכ׳ Judah who sanctified … in public (when he admitted his guilt, Gen. 38:26); a. fr. 2) to sanctify, consecrate; to purify, keep pure. Ber.17a טהר וקַדֵּש עצמך מכלוכ׳ keep thyself clean and pure (aloof) from every guilt Yoma 39a (ref. to Lev. 11:44) אדם מְקַדֵּש … מְקַדְּשִׁין אותו הרבה if a man sanctifies himself a little (trains himself to self-restraint), they (the divine agencies) will help him much to sanctify him; מלמטה מקדשין אותו מלמעלה if he (sanctifies himself) below, they will sanctify him from above; בעולם הזה מקדשיןוכ׳ he in this world, they will declare him holy in the hereafter. Yeb.20a, a. e. קדש עצמך במותר לך sanctify thyself by self-restraint from what is permitted to thee. Ḥag.3b, a. e. קִדְּשָׁהּ לשעתה, v. קְדוּשָּׁה. Sebu. 15a כל הכלים … מְקַדַּשְׁתָּן is as regards all vessels that Moses made, the ointing of them gave them their sacred character; Snh.16b מקדשן (corr. acc.). Men.95b תנור מְקַדֵּש the oven (the baking of the showbread) gives it its sacred character. Ib. 100a כלי שרת מְקַרְּשִׁין the vessels of the service consecrate (the things put into them); a. v. fr.Part. pass. מְקוּדָּש; f. מְקוּדֶּשֶׁת; pl. מְקוּדָּשִׁים Sabb.55a (ref. to Ez. 9:6) א״ת מקדשי אלא מְקוּדָּשַׁיוכ׳ and not miḳdashi (my sanctuary) but mḳuddashai (my sanctified ones), that means those who fulfilled the whole Law ; Ab. Zar.4a. Zeb.115b (ref. to Ps. 68:36 מִמִּקְדָּשֶׁיךָ) read מִמְּקוּדָּשֶׁיךָוכ׳ ‘from thy sanctified ones, when the Lord passes judgment on his holy servants ; a. fr. 3) (with, or sub., ידיו ורגליו) to wash hands and feet prior to a sacred act. Yoma III, 6. Ib. IV, 5. Ib. 22a; a. fr. 4) to prepare the water of lustration (Num. 19). Par. VI, 1 המקדש ונפל הקִדּוּש על ידו if he prepares the lustration, and some of the consecrated water falls upon his hand. Ib. 2 נוטל נמקדש he may take (of the ashes) and prepare the water with them. Ib. 3 המקדש כשוקתוכ׳ he who puts ashes into a large vessel of water; a. fr. 5) (of seasons) to proclaim the sanctity of esp., a) (ק׳ החדש) to proclaim in court that the new month had begun (v. infra). R. Hash. II, 7 אם לא … אין מקדשין אותו שכבד קִדְּשוּשוּהוּ שמים unless the new moon is seen in its due time (on the evening of the twenty-ninth day), no announcement is made, for the heavens have already proclaimed it (and the new month begins with the thirty-first day). Ib. 24a בין כך … שנים אתה מקדשוכ׳ in neither case is the ceremony of announcement required, for we read (Lev. 25:10), ‘ye shall sanctify the fiftieth year, years thou must ‘sanctify Ex. R. s. 15 אני ואתם נְקַדֵּש את החדש I and you, let us (as a court) proclaim the month (of Nisan); a. fr.Part. pass. as ab. R. Hash. II, 7 ראשב״ד אומר מק׳וכ׳ the president of the court says, ‘(the new month is) proclaimed, and all the people say after him, ‘proclaimed, proclaimed. Ib. III, 1 נחקרו … ולא הספיקו לומר מק׳וכ׳ when the witnesses were examined, and the court had no time to say mḳuddash before night set in; a. e.b) ק׳ השבת, היום to pronounce the sanctity of the Sabbath, the Holy Day, to recite the Sabbath or the festive benediction (over wine), to say Ḳiddush. Pes.105a מי שלא ק׳ בע״ש מקדשוכ׳ he who fails to bless the Sabbath on the Sabbath eve, may do so during the entire day. Ib. 106b טעם אינו מקדש if a man tasted something without Ḳiddush, he must not bless the Sabbath; Ib. 107a טעם מקדש even if he has tasted something, he must bless the Sabbath. Ib. כגין זה ראוי לקַדֵּש עליו a beverage like this is fit for Ḳiddush; a. fr. 6) ק׳ אשה ( to consecrate a woman, a) to betroth (expl. Kidd.2b לישנא דרבנן דאסר לה … בהקדש the rabbinical term, in place of the Biblical קנה,because he makes her forbidden to others like a consecrated object, v. הֶקְרֵּש). Kidd.II, 1 האיש מקדש בווכ׳ a man may betroth a woman either in person or through a deputy. Ib. 41a אסור לאדם שיְקַדֵּש … עדוכ׳ a man is forbidden to betroth a woman to himself, before he has seen her. ib. II, 4 האומר … צא וקַיֵּש … והלך וקִרְּשָׁהּוכ׳ if a man said to his deputy, go and betroth to me that certain woman in that certain place, and he went and betrothed her in a different place, she is not betrothed (the betrothal is invalid); a. v. fr.Part. pass. מְקוּדֶּשֶׁת; pl. מְקוּדָּשוֹת. Ib. הרי זו מק׳ in such a case the betrothal is binding. Ib. 7; a. fr.b) (of the father of a minor נַעֲרָה) to accept a betrothal in behalf of ones daughter. Ib. 1 האיש מקדש את בתווכ׳ a man may accept his daughters betrothal, if she is a naʿărah, either in person or through a deputy. Ib. 41a אסור לאדם שיקדש את בתו יכ׳ a man is forbidden to betroth his daughter as a child, (but must wait,) until she is grown up and says, I like this man; a. fr.7) to cause a thing to be prohibited, esp. (by ref. to Deut. 22:9) by planting seeds in a vineyard, or vines among seeds; to cause condemnation. Kil. IV, 5 הזורע … ק׳ שורה אחת if a person sows within four cubits of a vineyard, he has caused the condemnation of one row of vines. Ib. V, 5 הרי זה מקדש ארבעיםוכ׳ he has made forty-five vines forbidden. Ib. VII, 2 גפן … ואינה מְקַרֶּשֶׁת to plant seeds near a dried-up vine is forbidden, but it (the vine) does not cause the condemnation of the seeds. Ib. אלו אוסרין ולא מְקַדְּשִׁין the following plants make the planting of seeds in their neighborhood forbidden, but do not cause condemnation of the seeds, if planted, or their own condemnation. Ib. 5 אין אדם מקדש דברוכ׳ no man can cause condemnation of a thing not his own. Ib. הרי זה ק׳וכ׳ he has caused the condemnation of his neighbors seeds and must pay damages; a. fr. Hithpa. הִתְקַדֵּש, Nithpa. נִתְקַדֵּש 1) to be sanctified, glorified as holy. Yeb.79a מוטב … ויִתְקַדֵּש שםוכ׳ let a letter of the Law be uprooted (disregarded), but let the name of God be sanctified in public. Tanḥ. Shmini 1 מִתְקַדֵּש אני שם במכבדי: there (at the dedication of the Tabernacle) I shall be sanctified by (the death of) those that honor me. Lev. R. s. 12; a. fr. 2) to be consecrated, dedicated; (of the New Moon) to be proclaimed. R. Hash. 21b יכול … עד שיִתְקַדְּשוּוכ׳ you may have thought, as well as the Sabbath is to be disregarded (by the witnesses travelling to the seat of the court), until they (the months) are proclaimed, it may also be disregarded (by the messengers carrying the announcement), until they are established. Ex. R. s. 15 היה הכהן … והבלי מִתְקַדֶּשֶׁת the priest received in it some sacred object, by which the vessel was consecrated; וכלי חול מִתְקַדֵּש and a profane vessel became sacred. Shebu.15a אין העזרה מִתְקַדֶּשֶׁתוכ׳ the Temple hall was not consecrated, until the priests ate therein the remnants of the meal-offering. Ib. 16a תחתונה נִתְקַדְּשָׁה בכל אלו the lower reservoir became consecrated through all these (ceremonies mentioned); a. fr. 3) (of mixed seeds) to be condemnable, condemned. Kil. VII, 7 מאימתי … מתקרשת from what time are seeds of grain (planted among vines) to be condemned? Ib. אין מִתְקַרְּשוֹת are not to be condemned; a. fr. 4) to be betrothed. Kidd.II, 1 האשה מתקדשת בהוכ׳ a woman may be betrothed in person or through her deputy, Ib. האומר הִתְקַדְּשִׁי ליוכ׳ … if a man says to a woman, be betrothed to me with this fig. Ib. 45b נִתְקַדְּשָׁה לדעת אביה וניסתוכ׳ if she (the minor) was betrothed with her fathers consent, but was married without it; a. fr. 5) to sanctify ones self. Sifra Vayikra, Ndab., ch. II, Par. 2 מי שהוא עתיד להִתְקַדֵּש he that is ready to sanctify himself (by vowing a sacrifice). Nif. נִקְדַּש 1) to be sanctified; to become consecrated. Tem.14a כאן לִיקָּדֵש כאן ליקרב in the one case it refers to being consecrated (by being put in a sacred vessel), in the other to being offered. Bekh.4b הוזהרו … ליקדש they were admonished concerning the firatborn, that they be consecrated; a. e. 2) to be betrothed. Kidd.48a if she says, עשה לי … ואֶקָּדֵשוכ׳ make for me chains, and I shall be betrothed unto thee. Hif. הִקְדִּיש 1) to cause sanctification. Zeb.115b לא מתו … להַקְדִּיש שמווכ׳ thy (Aarons) sons died only in order to give thee an opportunity to sanctify the name of the Lord. 2) to sanctify, dedicate an object as Temple property (Lev. 27:14–24). Arakh.VI, 2 המַקְדִּיש נכסיווכ׳ if a person dedicates his property to the Temple, but owes his (divorced) wife her kthubah (כְּתוּבָּה) Ib. VII, 1 אין מַקְדִּישִׁין לפני היובלוכ׳ you cannot dedicate landed property within less than two or three years before the jubilee. Ib. 3 הִקְדִּישָׁהּ וגאלה if he dedicated and then redeemed it. Ib. 5 אין אדם מַקְדִּיש דברוכ׳ nobody can dedicate a thing not belonging to him. B. Kam.VII, 2; a. v. fr. Hof. הוּקְדַּש to be dedicated, consecrated. Meil.II, 8 המנחות … משהוּקְדָּשוּ the law concerning misappropriation of sacred things applies to meal-offerings as soon as they have been dedicated. Ib. 1 משהוּקְדָּשָׁה as soon as it has been designated for a sin-offering; a. fr.Part. מוּקְדָּש; f. מוּקְדֶּשֶׁת; pl. מוּקְדָּשִׁים Ned.V, 6 (48a) אם … הרי הם מוק׳ לשמים if they are mine, be they dedicated to the Lord. Ib. כל מתנה … מקודשת אינה מתנה (read: מוקדשת) a gift which is not made so that if the recipient dedicates it to sacred use, it is dedicated, is no gift. Bekh.V, 1 כל פסולי המוק׳ all dedicated sacrifices which became unfit for the altar; a. fr.

Jewish literature > קדש
15 קָדַש

קָדַש(b. h.) (to be cut off, separated, v. Ges. Hebr. Dict.12> s. v.; cmp. פָּרַש, to be, become pure, sacred, holy. Y.Sabb.III, 5d bot.; ib. IV, end, 7a ק׳ עליו היום the day became holy upon him, i. e. the Sabbath commenced while he was engaged in doing something. Meil.II, 8 (10a) קָרְשוּ בכלים (Talm. ed. קדשן) after they have become sacred by being put in a sacred vessel (v. infra); Shebu.11a (Ms. F. קירשן). Bekh.4b קדשו בכורותוכ׳ the firstborn in the desert were consecrated; a. fr. Pi. קִרֵּש, קִי׳ 1) to sanctify, esp. ק׳ שם שמים, or ק׳ את השם to sanctify the name of the Lord, to manifest fidelity to religion by noble deeds, by martyrdom Sot.10b; 36b יוסף שק׳ שםוכ׳ Joseph who sanctified the name … in secret (when he resisted temptation); יהודה שק׳וכ׳ Judah who sanctified … in public (when he admitted his guilt, Gen. 38:26); a. fr. 2) to sanctify, consecrate; to purify, keep pure. Ber.17a טהר וקַדֵּש עצמך מכלוכ׳ keep thyself clean and pure (aloof) from every guilt Yoma 39a (ref. to Lev. 11:44) אדם מְקַדֵּש … מְקַדְּשִׁין אותו הרבה if a man sanctifies himself a little (trains himself to self-restraint), they (the divine agencies) will help him much to sanctify him; מלמטה מקדשין אותו מלמעלה if he (sanctifies himself) below, they will sanctify him from above; בעולם הזה מקדשיןוכ׳ he in this world, they will declare him holy in the hereafter. Yeb.20a, a. e. קדש עצמך במותר לך sanctify thyself by self-restraint from what is permitted to thee. Ḥag.3b, a. e. קִדְּשָׁהּ לשעתה, v. קְדוּשָּׁה. Sebu. 15a כל הכלים … מְקַדַּשְׁתָּן is as regards all vessels that Moses made, the ointing of them gave them their sacred character; Snh.16b מקדשן (corr. acc.). Men.95b תנור מְקַדֵּש the oven (the baking of the showbread) gives it its sacred character. Ib. 100a כלי שרת מְקַרְּשִׁין the vessels of the service consecrate (the things put into them); a. v. fr.Part. pass. מְקוּדָּש; f. מְקוּדֶּשֶׁת; pl. מְקוּדָּשִׁים Sabb.55a (ref. to Ez. 9:6) א״ת מקדשי אלא מְקוּדָּשַׁיוכ׳ and not miḳdashi (my sanctuary) but mḳuddashai (my sanctified ones), that means those who fulfilled the whole Law ; Ab. Zar.4a. Zeb.115b (ref. to Ps. 68:36 מִמִּקְדָּשֶׁיךָ) read מִמְּקוּדָּשֶׁיךָוכ׳ ‘from thy sanctified ones, when the Lord passes judgment on his holy servants ; a. fr. 3) (with, or sub., ידיו ורגליו) to wash hands and feet prior to a sacred act. Yoma III, 6. Ib. IV, 5. Ib. 22a; a. fr. 4) to prepare the water of lustration (Num. 19). Par. VI, 1 המקדש ונפל הקִדּוּש על ידו if he prepares the lustration, and some of the consecrated water falls upon his hand. Ib. 2 נוטל נמקדש he may take (of the ashes) and prepare the water with them. Ib. 3 המקדש כשוקתוכ׳ he who puts ashes into a large vessel of water; a. fr. 5) (of seasons) to proclaim the sanctity of esp., a) (ק׳ החדש) to proclaim in court that the new month had begun (v. infra). R. Hash. II, 7 אם לא … אין מקדשין אותו שכבד קִדְּשוּשוּהוּ שמים unless the new moon is seen in its due time (on the evening of the twenty-ninth day), no announcement is made, for the heavens have already proclaimed it (and the new month begins with the thirty-first day). Ib. 24a בין כך … שנים אתה מקדשוכ׳ in neither case is the ceremony of announcement required, for we read (Lev. 25:10), ‘ye shall sanctify the fiftieth year, years thou must ‘sanctify Ex. R. s. 15 אני ואתם נְקַדֵּש את החדש I and you, let us (as a court) proclaim the month (of Nisan); a. fr.Part. pass. as ab. R. Hash. II, 7 ראשב״ד אומר מק׳וכ׳ the president of the court says, ‘(the new month is) proclaimed, and all the people say after him, ‘proclaimed, proclaimed. Ib. III, 1 נחקרו … ולא הספיקו לומר מק׳וכ׳ when the witnesses were examined, and the court had no time to say mḳuddash before night set in; a. e.b) ק׳ השבת, היום to pronounce the sanctity of the Sabbath, the Holy Day, to recite the Sabbath or the festive benediction (over wine), to say Ḳiddush. Pes.105a מי שלא ק׳ בע״ש מקדשוכ׳ he who fails to bless the Sabbath on the Sabbath eve, may do so during the entire day. Ib. 106b טעם אינו מקדש if a man tasted something without Ḳiddush, he must not bless the Sabbath; Ib. 107a טעם מקדש even if he has tasted something, he must bless the Sabbath. Ib. כגין זה ראוי לקַדֵּש עליו a beverage like this is fit for Ḳiddush; a. fr. 6) ק׳ אשה ( to consecrate a woman, a) to betroth (expl. Kidd.2b לישנא דרבנן דאסר לה … בהקדש the rabbinical term, in place of the Biblical קנה,because he makes her forbidden to others like a consecrated object, v. הֶקְרֵּש). Kidd.II, 1 האיש מקדש בווכ׳ a man may betroth a woman either in person or through a deputy. Ib. 41a אסור לאדם שיְקַדֵּש … עדוכ׳ a man is forbidden to betroth a woman to himself, before he has seen her. ib. II, 4 האומר … צא וקַיֵּש … והלך וקִרְּשָׁהּוכ׳ if a man said to his deputy, go and betroth to me that certain woman in that certain place, and he went and betrothed her in a different place, she is not betrothed (the betrothal is invalid); a. v. fr.Part. pass. מְקוּדֶּשֶׁת; pl. מְקוּדָּשוֹת. Ib. הרי זו מק׳ in such a case the betrothal is binding. Ib. 7; a. fr.b) (of the father of a minor נַעֲרָה) to accept a betrothal in behalf of ones daughter. Ib. 1 האיש מקדש את בתווכ׳ a man may accept his daughters betrothal, if she is a naʿărah, either in person or through a deputy. Ib. 41a אסור לאדם שיקדש את בתו יכ׳ a man is forbidden to betroth his daughter as a child, (but must wait,) until she is grown up and says, I like this man; a. fr.7) to cause a thing to be prohibited, esp. (by ref. to Deut. 22:9) by planting seeds in a vineyard, or vines among seeds; to cause condemnation. Kil. IV, 5 הזורע … ק׳ שורה אחת if a person sows within four cubits of a vineyard, he has caused the condemnation of one row of vines. Ib. V, 5 הרי זה מקדש ארבעיםוכ׳ he has made forty-five vines forbidden. Ib. VII, 2 גפן … ואינה מְקַרֶּשֶׁת to plant seeds near a dried-up vine is forbidden, but it (the vine) does not cause the condemnation of the seeds. Ib. אלו אוסרין ולא מְקַדְּשִׁין the following plants make the planting of seeds in their neighborhood forbidden, but do not cause condemnation of the seeds, if planted, or their own condemnation. Ib. 5 אין אדם מקדש דברוכ׳ no man can cause condemnation of a thing not his own. Ib. הרי זה ק׳וכ׳ he has caused the condemnation of his neighbors seeds and must pay damages; a. fr. Hithpa. הִתְקַדֵּש, Nithpa. נִתְקַדֵּש 1) to be sanctified, glorified as holy. Yeb.79a מוטב … ויִתְקַדֵּש שםוכ׳ let a letter of the Law be uprooted (disregarded), but let the name of God be sanctified in public. Tanḥ. Shmini 1 מִתְקַדֵּש אני שם במכבדי: there (at the dedication of the Tabernacle) I shall be sanctified by (the death of) those that honor me. Lev. R. s. 12; a. fr. 2) to be consecrated, dedicated; (of the New Moon) to be proclaimed. R. Hash. 21b יכול … עד שיִתְקַדְּשוּוכ׳ you may have thought, as well as the Sabbath is to be disregarded (by the witnesses travelling to the seat of the court), until they (the months) are proclaimed, it may also be disregarded (by the messengers carrying the announcement), until they are established. Ex. R. s. 15 היה הכהן … והבלי מִתְקַדֶּשֶׁת the priest received in it some sacred object, by which the vessel was consecrated; וכלי חול מִתְקַדֵּש and a profane vessel became sacred. Shebu.15a אין העזרה מִתְקַדֶּשֶׁתוכ׳ the Temple hall was not consecrated, until the priests ate therein the remnants of the meal-offering. Ib. 16a תחתונה נִתְקַדְּשָׁה בכל אלו the lower reservoir became consecrated through all these (ceremonies mentioned); a. fr. 3) (of mixed seeds) to be condemnable, condemned. Kil. VII, 7 מאימתי … מתקרשת from what time are seeds of grain (planted among vines) to be condemned? Ib. אין מִתְקַרְּשוֹת are not to be condemned; a. fr. 4) to be betrothed. Kidd.II, 1 האשה מתקדשת בהוכ׳ a woman may be betrothed in person or through her deputy, Ib. האומר הִתְקַדְּשִׁי ליוכ׳ … if a man says to a woman, be betrothed to me with this fig. Ib. 45b נִתְקַדְּשָׁה לדעת אביה וניסתוכ׳ if she (the minor) was betrothed with her fathers consent, but was married without it; a. fr. 5) to sanctify ones self. Sifra Vayikra, Ndab., ch. II, Par. 2 מי שהוא עתיד להִתְקַדֵּש he that is ready to sanctify himself (by vowing a sacrifice). Nif. נִקְדַּש 1) to be sanctified; to become consecrated. Tem.14a כאן לִיקָּדֵש כאן ליקרב in the one case it refers to being consecrated (by being put in a sacred vessel), in the other to being offered. Bekh.4b הוזהרו … ליקדש they were admonished concerning the firatborn, that they be consecrated; a. e. 2) to be betrothed. Kidd.48a if she says, עשה לי … ואֶקָּדֵשוכ׳ make for me chains, and I shall be betrothed unto thee. Hif. הִקְדִּיש 1) to cause sanctification. Zeb.115b לא מתו … להַקְדִּיש שמווכ׳ thy (Aarons) sons died only in order to give thee an opportunity to sanctify the name of the Lord. 2) to sanctify, dedicate an object as Temple property (Lev. 27:14–24). Arakh.VI, 2 המַקְדִּיש נכסיווכ׳ if a person dedicates his property to the Temple, but owes his (divorced) wife her kthubah (כְּתוּבָּה) Ib. VII, 1 אין מַקְדִּישִׁין לפני היובלוכ׳ you cannot dedicate landed property within less than two or three years before the jubilee. Ib. 3 הִקְדִּישָׁהּ וגאלה if he dedicated and then redeemed it. Ib. 5 אין אדם מַקְדִּיש דברוכ׳ nobody can dedicate a thing not belonging to him. B. Kam.VII, 2; a. v. fr. Hof. הוּקְדַּש to be dedicated, consecrated. Meil.II, 8 המנחות … משהוּקְדָּשוּ the law concerning misappropriation of sacred things applies to meal-offerings as soon as they have been dedicated. Ib. 1 משהוּקְדָּשָׁה as soon as it has been designated for a sin-offering; a. fr.Part. מוּקְדָּש; f. מוּקְדֶּשֶׁת; pl. מוּקְדָּשִׁים Ned.V, 6 (48a) אם … הרי הם מוק׳ לשמים if they are mine, be they dedicated to the Lord. Ib. כל מתנה … מקודשת אינה מתנה (read: מוקדשת) a gift which is not made so that if the recipient dedicates it to sacred use, it is dedicated, is no gift. Bekh.V, 1 כל פסולי המוק׳ all dedicated sacrifices which became unfit for the altar; a. fr.

Jewish literature > קָדַש
16 frescura

f.

1 freshness.

2 freshness.

3 cheek, nerve (descaro).

¡qué frescura! what a cheek!

4 coolness, coolth, phlegm, calmness.

5 carelessness, inadvertence.

* * *

frescura

► nombre femenino

1 (frescor) freshness, coolness

2 (desvergüenza) cheek, nerve

3 (calma) coolness, calmness

\

FRASEOLOGÍA

¡qué frescura! what a nerve!

* * *

noun f.

1) coolness

2) freshness

* * *

SF

1) [de temperatura, alimentos] freshness; [de lugar, bebida] coolness

2) (=serenidad) coolness, calmness

lo dijo con la mayor frescura — she said it without batting an eyelid

3) * (=descaro) cheek, nerve *

tiene la mar de frescura — he's got the cheek of the devil *

tuvo la frescura de pedirme dinero — she had the nerve to ask me for money *

4) (=impertinencia) cheeky thing (to say), impudent remark

me dijo unas frescuras — he was cheeky to me

* * *

femenino

1) ( de temperatura) coolness

2) ( descaro) nerve (colloq)

3) ( tranquilidad)

me lo dijo con toda frescura — he told me quite calmly

* * *

= freshness, effrontery, blatancy, shamelessness, impudence.

Ex. A new approach is needed to maintain the freshness, vitality and humour that will keep at bay the dryer mode of academic examination.

Ex. This article discusses the use of the term 'chutzpah' by courts suffering various effronteries at the hands of attorneys and even witnesses who appear before them in both criminal and civil matters.

Ex. There is no argument about this, because the blatancy and shamelessness of it are undeniable.

Ex. There is no argument about this, because the blatancy and shamelessness of it are undeniable.

Ex. Because impudence is a vice, it does not follow that modesty is a virtue.

----

* tener la frescura de = have + the nerve(s) to, have + the cheek to.

* * *

femenino

1) ( de temperatura) coolness

2) ( descaro) nerve (colloq)

3) ( tranquilidad)

me lo dijo con toda frescura — he told me quite calmly

* * *

= freshness, effrontery, blatancy, shamelessness, impudence.

Ex: A new approach is needed to maintain the freshness, vitality and humour that will keep at bay the dryer mode of academic examination.

Ex: This article discusses the use of the term 'chutzpah' by courts suffering various effronteries at the hands of attorneys and even witnesses who appear before them in both criminal and civil matters.

Ex: There is no argument about this, because the blatancy and shamelessness of it are undeniable.

Ex: There is no argument about this, because the blatancy and shamelessness of it are undeniable.

Ex: Because impudence is a vice, it does not follow that modesty is a virtue.

* tener la frescura de = have + the nerve(s) to, have + the cheek to.

* * *

frescura

feminine

A

1 (de temperatura) coolness

2 (de verdura, pan) freshness

B (descaro) nerve ( colloq), cheek ( BrE colloq)

C

(tranquilidad): me lo dijo con toda frescura, sin inmutarse he told me quite calmly, without batting an eyelash ( AmE) o ( BrE) eyelid

* * *

frescura sustantivo femenino ( descaro) nerve (colloq)
frescura sustantivo femenino
1 freshness: ¡no hay nada comparable a la frescura de las mañanas de primavera!, there's nothing like the freshness of a spring morning!
2 (descaro, insolencia) cheek, nerve: ¡menuda frescura pensar que yo le iba a invitar a cenar!, he has a lot of nerve thinking that I was going to invite him to dinner!
' frescura' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
cara
English:
freshness
- nerve
- coolly

* * *

frescura nf

1. [de fruta, verdura] freshness

2. [espontaneidad] freshness

3. [descaro] cheek, nerve;

¡qué frescura! what a cheek o nerve!

* * *

frescura

f

1 freshness; ( frío) coolness

2 fig

nerve

* * *

frescura nf

1) : freshness

2) : coolness

3) : calmness

4) descaro: nerve, audacity

* * *

frescura n

1. (temperatura) cool

2. (descaro) cheek

Spanish-English dictionary > frescura
17 כפר

כָּפַר(b. h.; cmp. כפף) 1) to bend, arch over, cover; v. כְּפוֹר, כּוֹפֶר 2) ( to pass over with ones palm, to wipe out, rub (cmp. חפף), to deny, withhold the truth by claiming ignorance; to ignore (mostly with ב of the object). B. Mets.4a הכּוֹפֵר במלוה he who denied having received a loan (and was refuted before being sworn, v. הֶיסֵּת). Ib. על מה שכ׳וכ׳ he is sworn on what he denied. Shebu.IV, 1 עד שיִכְפְּרוּ בהן בב״ד until they declare their ignorance (of the testimony) before court. Ib. 4 כָּפְרוּ שניהןוכ׳ if both witnesses pleaded ignorance at the same time. Ib. כָּפְרָה הראשונה if the first set of witnesses pleaded ignorance. Ib. VI, 3 והודה …וכ׳ בקרקעוֹת and defendant admits the debt concerning vessels, but denies it as to landed estate. Sabb.116a מכירין וכוֹפְרִין they know (true religion) and yet are disbelievers. Cant. R. to I, 14 (play On הכפר, ib.) שכ׳ באו״ה He disowned the gentiles (did not assist them), opp. הודה; a. v. fr.כ׳ בעיקר to deny the principle of religion (unity of God). B. Bath.16b; a. fr.Snh.39a א״ל כּוֹפֵר ed. (Ms. M. קיסר) an infidel said Hif. הִכְפִּיר (v. כַּפָּרָה) to say of a person, ‘May his death be an atonement for his sins! euphem. for to be angry at. Pes.69a אל תַּכְפִּירֵנִי בשעת הדין ed. (Ms. M. a. Ar. תְּכַפְּרֵנִי) do not make me an atonement (saying תהא מיתתו כפרה) at the time of judgment (differ. in comm.); Ab. Zar.46b (some eds. תכפריני). Pi. כִּיפֵּר, כִּפֵּר ( to wipe out, to forgive, atone; to procure forgiveness. Yoma 5a כאילו לא כ׳ וכפר as if he (the priest) had not procured atonement (in the proper manner), although he has procured atonement (for the person concerned); Neg. XIV, 10 כ׳ ומעלין עליו כאילו לא כ׳ he has brought atonement, but it is accounted to the officiating priest as if he had not done so. Ber.55a כל זמן … מזבח מְכַפֵּר עלוכ׳ as long as the Temple existed, the altar was the means of atonement for Israel, but now each mans table must be the means of atonement (ref. to Ez. 41:22). Tanḥ. Vayishl. 6 כשם … מְכַפֶּרֶתוכ׳ as the altar brings atonement, so does she (the chaste wife) atone for her household. Kidd.57a, a. e. מכשיר ומכפר, v. כָּשֵׁר I; a. v. frAb. Zar.46b, v. supra). Hithpa. הִתְכַּפֵּר, Nithpa. נִתְכַּפֵּר to be expiated; to be forgiven. R. Hash. 18a; Yeb.105a (ref. to 1 Sam. 3:14) בזבח … מִתְכַּפֵּרוכ׳ through sacrifice … it will not be expiated, but it may be so by the study of the Law. Shebu.12a אשם … שנִתְכַּפְּרוּ בעליו an animal dedicated for a guilt-offering … whose owner has otherwise obtained atonement; (Tem.III, 3 שכִּפְּרוּוכ׳ whose owner has procured atonement) Yoma 50b, a. e. המִתְכַּפֵּר he for whose atonement the animal is dedicated. Ib. 51b שאין הצבור מִתְכַּפְּרִין בו as the community is not to obtain forgiveness through it (the bullock); a. fr.Y.Macc.XII, 31d bot. יעשה … ויִתְכַּפֶּר לו let him repent and he shall be forgiven; Pesik. Shub. p. 158b>; Yalk. Ez. 358; Yalk. Ps. 702. Tanḥ Trum. 8 נתכ׳ להם they were forgiven; a. fr.

Jewish literature > כפר
18 כָּפַר

כָּפַר(b. h.; cmp. כפף) 1) to bend, arch over, cover; v. כְּפוֹר, כּוֹפֶר 2) ( to pass over with ones palm, to wipe out, rub (cmp. חפף), to deny, withhold the truth by claiming ignorance; to ignore (mostly with ב of the object). B. Mets.4a הכּוֹפֵר במלוה he who denied having received a loan (and was refuted before being sworn, v. הֶיסֵּת). Ib. על מה שכ׳וכ׳ he is sworn on what he denied. Shebu.IV, 1 עד שיִכְפְּרוּ בהן בב״ד until they declare their ignorance (of the testimony) before court. Ib. 4 כָּפְרוּ שניהןוכ׳ if both witnesses pleaded ignorance at the same time. Ib. כָּפְרָה הראשונה if the first set of witnesses pleaded ignorance. Ib. VI, 3 והודה …וכ׳ בקרקעוֹת and defendant admits the debt concerning vessels, but denies it as to landed estate. Sabb.116a מכירין וכוֹפְרִין they know (true religion) and yet are disbelievers. Cant. R. to I, 14 (play On הכפר, ib.) שכ׳ באו״ה He disowned the gentiles (did not assist them), opp. הודה; a. v. fr.כ׳ בעיקר to deny the principle of religion (unity of God). B. Bath.16b; a. fr.Snh.39a א״ל כּוֹפֵר ed. (Ms. M. קיסר) an infidel said Hif. הִכְפִּיר (v. כַּפָּרָה) to say of a person, ‘May his death be an atonement for his sins! euphem. for to be angry at. Pes.69a אל תַּכְפִּירֵנִי בשעת הדין ed. (Ms. M. a. Ar. תְּכַפְּרֵנִי) do not make me an atonement (saying תהא מיתתו כפרה) at the time of judgment (differ. in comm.); Ab. Zar.46b (some eds. תכפריני). Pi. כִּיפֵּר, כִּפֵּר ( to wipe out, to forgive, atone; to procure forgiveness. Yoma 5a כאילו לא כ׳ וכפר as if he (the priest) had not procured atonement (in the proper manner), although he has procured atonement (for the person concerned); Neg. XIV, 10 כ׳ ומעלין עליו כאילו לא כ׳ he has brought atonement, but it is accounted to the officiating priest as if he had not done so. Ber.55a כל זמן … מזבח מְכַפֵּר עלוכ׳ as long as the Temple existed, the altar was the means of atonement for Israel, but now each mans table must be the means of atonement (ref. to Ez. 41:22). Tanḥ. Vayishl. 6 כשם … מְכַפֶּרֶתוכ׳ as the altar brings atonement, so does she (the chaste wife) atone for her household. Kidd.57a, a. e. מכשיר ומכפר, v. כָּשֵׁר I; a. v. frAb. Zar.46b, v. supra). Hithpa. הִתְכַּפֵּר, Nithpa. נִתְכַּפֵּר to be expiated; to be forgiven. R. Hash. 18a; Yeb.105a (ref. to 1 Sam. 3:14) בזבח … מִתְכַּפֵּרוכ׳ through sacrifice … it will not be expiated, but it may be so by the study of the Law. Shebu.12a אשם … שנִתְכַּפְּרוּ בעליו an animal dedicated for a guilt-offering … whose owner has otherwise obtained atonement; (Tem.III, 3 שכִּפְּרוּוכ׳ whose owner has procured atonement) Yoma 50b, a. e. המִתְכַּפֵּר he for whose atonement the animal is dedicated. Ib. 51b שאין הצבור מִתְכַּפְּרִין בו as the community is not to obtain forgiveness through it (the bullock); a. fr.Y.Macc.XII, 31d bot. יעשה … ויִתְכַּפֶּר לו let him repent and he shall be forgiven; Pesik. Shub. p. 158b>; Yalk. Ez. 358; Yalk. Ps. 702. Tanḥ Trum. 8 נתכ׳ להם they were forgiven; a. fr.

Jewish literature > כָּפַר
19 Т-113

ТО ЕСТЬ ( Invar
1.
coord Conj introduces an appos) stating sth. again using different words, reiterating sth. using a different formulation (sometimes stating it more specifically)
that is
in other words that is to say i.e. (or) to put it another way meaning (in limited contexts) or.
Затем был прочитан список лиц, вызванных к судебному следствию, то есть свидетелей и экспертов (Достоевский 2). Then a list of persons called for questioning in court—that is, of witnesses and experts-was read (2a).

«Игорь вырос в Париже, сын эмигранта, то есть человека, пострадавшего от революции...» (Рыбаков 2). "Igor grew up in Paris, the son of an emigre, in other words someone who suffered from the Revolution..." (2a).

Покой был известного рода ибо гостиница была тоже известного рода, то есть именно такая, как бывают гостиницы в губернских городах... (Гоголь 3). The room was of the familiar sort, for the inn too was of the familiar sort, that is to say, the sort of inn that is to be found in all provincial towns... (3a).

Лёва не старался выдвинуться по общественной линии, т. е. избежал общественной работы... (Битов 2). Lyova did not try to advance himself at the institute along social lines, i.e., he avoided community work... (2a).

«Знаешь что: Грушенька просила меня: „Приведи ты его (тебя то есть), я с него ряску стащу"» (Достоевский 1). "You know, Grushenka said to me: 'Bring him over (meaning you), and I'll pull his little cassock off" (1a).

До Коряжска было шестьдесят пять километров, то есть часа два езды с учётом местных дорог и без учёта странностей Володиного характера (Аксёнов 3). It was about 65 kilometers to Koryazhsk, or a two hour drive if you take into consideration the condition of local roads and ignore the peculiarities of Volodya's personality (3a).

2.
coord Conj introduces an appos) stating sth. more correctly, slightly correcting and specifying what has just been said
or rather
or to put it more precisely (accurately) (in limited contexts) I mean that's not right.
Искусство нагло, потому что внятно. То есть: оно нагло для ясности (Терц 3). Art is insolent because it is so clear. Or rather, it is insolent in order to make itself clear (3a).

«Только едва он коснулся двери, как она вскочила, зарыдала и бросилась ему на шею. - Поверите ли? я, стоя за дверью, также заплакал, то есть, знаете, не то чтоб заплакал, а так - глупость!» (Лермонтов 1). "But barely had he touched the door, than she jumped up, burst into sobs and threw herself on his neck. Would you believe it? As I stood behind the door, I, too, began to cry

I mean, you know, it was not really crying, it was just—oh, silliness!" (1a).

«...Мне надо выговориться. He с Лушей же, она тут же перебьет и сама начнёт говорить. И друзей у меня как-то нет... То есть есть, и хорошие даже, ничего не скажешь, но начнёшь с ними говорить, и через минуту, глядишь, мусор какой-то начинается -что кто где написал или сказал, и что было у художников на последнем пленуме, и где достать краски» (Некрасов 1). "...I feel I've got to talk. Not with Lusha-she would interrupt and start to talk herself. And I don't seem to have any friends... That's not right, I do have friends, good friends too, I can't deny it, but you begin to talk to them and right away some sort of nonsense begins-who wrote or said what where, what happened at the last artists' plenum, where to get paints" (1a).

3. coll (Particle
used with как or before как это if the preceding remark contains an interrogative adverb or pronoun, this adverb or pronoun, or the word or phrase to which the speaker reacts, is repeated) used to express bewilderment, displeasure etc in response to the interlocutor's words
what do you mean!
what are you saying! (in limited contexts) you can't be serious what's this?
...(Нюрок) обратила к Ирине Викторовне свои чудные глаза: «Страшно!» - «То есть как это?» - «Да очень просто! Очень страшно, и больше ничего!» (Залыгин 1)... (Niurok) turned her wonderful eyes to Irina Viktorovna and said, "I was scared." "What do you mean?" "Just what I say. I was really scared. That's all" (1a).

«А мы не негры, - сказал хозяин, улыбаясь своей характерной улыбкой и кивая на остальных негров, - мы -абхазцы». - «То есть как? Отрекаетесь?» - стал уточнять принц... (Искандер 4). "We aren't Negroes," the host said, smiling his characteristic smile and nodding at the other Negroes. "We're Abkhazians." "What's this? Are you renouncing-?" The prince began trying to pin him down... (4a).

4. obs, highly coll (Particle) used to increase the emotional intensity of a statement

really.

Большой русско-английский фразеологический словарь > Т-113
20 то есть

• ТО ЕСТЬ

[Invar]

=====

1. [coord conj; introduces an appos]

⇒ stating sth. again using different words, reiterating sth. using a different formulation (sometimes stating it more specifically):

- that is;

- in other words;

- that is to say;

- 1.e.;

- (or) to put it another way;

- meaning;

- [in limited contexts] or.

     ♦ Затем был прочитан список лиц, вызванных к судебному следствию, то есть свидетелей и экспертов (Достоевский 2). Then a list of persons called for questioning in court - that is, of witnesses and experts-was read (2a).

     ♦ "Игорь вырос в Париже, сын эмигранта, то есть человека, пострадавшего от революции..." (Рыбаков 2). "Igor grew up in Paris, the son of an emigre, in other words someone who suffered from the Revolution..." (2a).

     ♦ Покой был известного рода; ибо гостиница была тоже известного рода, то есть именно такая, как бывают гостиницы в губернских городах... (Гоголь 3). The room was of the familiar sort, for the inn too was of the familiar sort, that is to say, the sort of inn that is to be found in all provincial towns... (За).

     ♦ Лёва не старался выдвинуться по общественной линии, т. е. избежал общественной работы... (Битов 2). Lyova did not try to advance himself at the institute along social lines; 1.e., he avoided community work... (2a).

     ♦ "Знаешь что: Грушенька просила меня: "Приведи ты его (тебя то есть), я с него ряску стащу"" (Достоевский 1). "You know, Grushenka said to me: 'Bring him over (meaning you), and I'll pull his little cassock off'" (1a).

     ♦ До Коряжска было шестьдесят пять километров, то есть часа два езды с учётом местных дорог и без учёта странностей Володиного характера (Аксёнов 3). It was about 65 kilometers to Koryazhsk, or a two hour drive if you take into consideration the condition of local roads and ignore the peculiarities of Volodya's personality (3a).

2. [coord conj; introduces an appos]

⇒ stating sth. more correctly, slightly correcting and specifying what has just been said:

- or rather;

- or to put it more precisely < accurately>;

- [in limited contexts] I mean;

- that's not right.

     ♦ Искусство нагло, потому что внятно. То есть: оно нагло для ясности (Терц 3). Art is insolent because it is so clear. Or rather, it is insolent in order to make itself clear (3a).

     ♦ "Только едва он коснулся двери, как она вскочила, зарыдала и бросилась ему на шею. - Поверите ли? я, стоя за дверью, также заплакал, то есть, знаете, не то чтоб заплакал, а так - глупость!" (Лермонтов 1). "But barely had he touched the door, than she jumped up, burst into sobs and threw herself on his neck. Would you believe it? As I stood behind the door, I, too, began to cry; I mean, you know, it was not really crying, it was just - oh, silliness!" (1a).

     ♦ "...Мне надо выговориться. Не с Лушей же, она тут же перебьёт и сама начнёт говорить. И друзей у меня как-то нет... То есть есть, и хорошие даже, ничего не скажешь, но начнёшь с ними говорить, и через минуту, глядишь, мусор какой-то начинается - что кто где написал или сказал, и что было у художников на последнем пленуме, и где достать краски" (Некрасов 1). "...I feel I've got to talk. Not with Lusha - she would interrupt and start to talk herself. And I don't seem to have any friends... That's not right, I do have friends, good friends too, I can't deny it, but you begin to talk to them and right away some sort of nonsense begins-who wrote or said what where, what happened at the last artists' plenum, where to get paints" (1a).

3. coll [Particle; used with как or before как это; if the preceding remark contains an interrogative adverb or pronoun, this adverb or pronoun, or the word or phrase to which the speaker reacts, is repeated]

⇒ used to express bewilderment, displeasure etc in response to the interlocutor's words:

- what do you mean!;

- what are you saying!;

- [in limited contexts] you can't be serious;

- what's this?

     ♦...[Нюрок] обратила к Ирине Викторовне свои чудные глаза: " Страшно!" - "То есть как это?" - "Да очень просто! Очень страшно, и больше ничего!" (Залыгин 1)... [Niurok] turned her wonderful eyes to Irina Viktorovna and said, "I was scared." "What do you mean?" "Just what I say. I was really scared. That's all" (1a).

     ♦ "А мы не негры, - сказал хозяин, улыбаясь своей характерной улыбкой и кивая на остальных негров, - мы - абхазцы". - "То есть как? Отрекаетесь?" - стал уточнять принц... (Искандер 4). "We aren't Negroes," the host said, smiling his characteristic smile and nodding at the other Negroes. "We're Abkhazians." "What's this? Are you renouncing-?" The prince began trying to pin him down... (4a).

4. obs, highly coll [Particle]

⇒ used to increase the emotional intensity of a statement:

- really.

Большой русско-английский фразеологический словарь > то есть

Страницы

См. также в других словарях:

Before Midnight — Infobox Book | name = Before Midnight author = Rex Stout cover artist = Bill English country = United States language = English series = Nero Wolfe genre = Detective fiction publisher = Viking Press release date = October 27, 1955 media type =… … Wikipedia
Eschatology of Jehovah's Witnesses — The eschatology of Jehovah s Witnesses is central to their religious beliefs. They believe that Jesus Christ has been ruling in heaven as king since 1914 (a date they believe was prophesied in Scripture), and that after that time a period of… … Wikipedia
Three Witnesses — The Three Witnesses were a group of three early leaders of the Latter Day Saint movement who signed a statement in 1830 saying that an angel had shown them the golden plates from which Joseph Smith, Jr. translated the Book of Mormon and that they … Wikipedia
Beliefs and practices of Jehovah's Witnesses — The beliefs and practices of Jehovah s Witnesses are based on the Bible teachings of its founder, Charles Taze Russell and his successors, Joseph Franklin Rutherford and Nathan Homer Knorr. Since about 1976 they have also been based on decisions… … Wikipedia
Jehovah's Witnesses — Jehovah s Witnesses … Wikipedia
Criticism of Jehovah's Witnesses — Part of a series on Jehovah s Witnesses Overview … Wikipedia
Controversies regarding Jehovah's Witnesses — Jehovah s Witnesses have experienced controversy in their relationships with mainstream Christianity, governments, former members, and the general public.Fact|date=September 2008 They or their representatives have been accused of heresy, racism,… … Wikipedia
Development of Jehovah's Witnesses doctrine — Part of a series on Jehovah s Witnesses Overview … Wikipedia
United States Supreme Court cases involving Jehovah's Witnesses — Since the 1940s, the Jehovah s Witnesses have often invoked the First Amendment s freedom of religion clauses to protect their ability to engage in the that is central to their faith. This series of litigation has helped to define civil liberties … Wikipedia
Jehovah's Witnesses and congregational discipline — Part of a series on Jehovah s Witnesses Overview … Wikipedia
Two Witnesses — In Christian eschatology, the Two Witnesses are two individuals, concepts or corporate beings described in chapter 11 of the Book of Revelation in the events leading up to the second coming of Christ.] The images, symbolism, and allegorical… … Wikipedia

Словари и энциклопедии на Академике

Перевод: со всех языков на все языки

he said it before witnesses

См. также в других словарях:

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Словари и энциклопедии на Академике

Перевод: со всех языков на все языки

he said it before witnesses

См. также в других словарях:

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка: